Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
4024_s11_qp_22 28
4024_w11_qp_21 52
4024_w11_qp_22 72
4024_s12_qp_21 96
4024_s12_qp_22 120
4024_w12_qp_21 140
4024_w12_qp_22 164
4024_s13_qp_21 188
4024_s13_qp_22 212
4024_w13_qp_21 236
4024_w13_qp_22 260
4024_s14_qp_21 284
4024_s14_qp_22 308
4024_w14_qp_21 328
4024_w14_qp_22 352
4024_s15_qp_21 376
4024_s15_qp_22 400
4024_w15_qp_21 424
4024_w15_qp_22 444
4024_s16_qp_21 468
4024_s16_qp_22 492
4024_w16_qp_21 512
4024_w16_qp_22 536
4024_s16_qp_21 560
4024_s16_qp_22 584
4024_w16_qp_21 604
4024_w16_qp_22 628
4024_s17_qp_21 652
4024_s17_qp_22 676
4024_w17_qp_21 696
4024_w17_qp_22 716
4024_s18_qp_21 740
4024_s18_qp_22 760
4024_s11_ms_21 780
4024_s11_ms_22 785
4024_w11_ms_21 790
4024_w11_ms_22 795
4024_s12_ms_21 801
4024_s12_ms_22 806
4024_w12_ms_21 812
4024_w12_ms_22 818
4024_s13_ms_21 824
4024_s13_ms_22 830
4024_w13_ms_21 835
4024_w13_ms_22 840
4024_s14_ms_21 847
4024_s14_ms_22 853
4024_w14_ms_21 859
4024_w14_ms_22 864
4024_s15_ms_21 869
4024_s15_ms_22 874
4024_w15_ms_21 879
4024_w15_ms_22 886
4024_s16_ms_21 892
4024_s16_ms_22 898
4024_w16_ms_21 904
4024_w16_ms_22 911
4024_s17_ms_21 918
4024_s17_ms_22 924
4024_w17_ms_21 932
4024_w17_ms_22 938
4024_s18_ms_21 946
4024_s18_ms_22 952
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 4 8 5 9 0 3 5 6 2 0 *
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (LEO/DJ) 35434/4
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2
Find the cost per month, in dollars, for Scheme B and decide which payment scheme is
cheaper.
(i) Find the cost per page, in dollars, if Ahmed buys 2 small cartridges.
(ii) Is it cheaper per page for Ahmed to buy 2 small cartridges or a large cartridge?
Show your working.
[1]
(c) Do not
Monitor Keyboard write in this
margin
$70
$375
Computer
2 (a) A is the point (3, 6) and B is the point (11, 12). Do not
write in this
Find the coordinates of the midpoint of AB. margin
(ii) Does the point (–2, –9) lie on the line CD?
Show your working to justify your answer.
[1]
(b) Find the coordinates of the point where l intersects the line y = p .
Express each coordinate in terms of p.
y
9
l
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
By drawing the line 3x + 2y = 30 on the grid, find the coordinates of the point where
these two lines intersect.
3 (a) Do not
S write in this
margin
R
37°
Q
(ii)
N
K 2
M
L
(b) Do not
write in this
Exchange Rate margin
$1 = £0.45
Find the difference, in dollars, between the amount Jean-Pierre paid and the amount Simon
paid.
(c) The time taken to build a brick wall is inversely proportional to the number of workers.
3 workers took 30 hours to build a wall.
Calculate the time it would have taken 5 workers to build this wall.
4 Do not
y write in this
margin
Design 1 Design 2
[2]
5x + 2y = 340
Answer x = ..................................
y = .................................. [3]
(c) Find the difference between the areas of the two gardens.
Give your answer in square metres.
5
冢
(a) A = –1 2
3 –1 冣 and B =
冢–34 –12冣 . Do not
write in this
margin
Answer [2]
Answer [2]
冢 冣 冢 冣
→ 12 → –4
(b) PQ = and QR = .
5 1
→
(i) Calculate 兩 PQ 兩.
Answer [1]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11
11
(c) You may use the grid below to help you answer this question. Do not
T is the point (13, 7) and U is the point (8, 9). write in this
margin
→
(i) Find TU .
Answer [1]
y
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 x
2
A
1
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–1
–2
–3
C
B
–4
–5
–6
Answer ......................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
Answer ......................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
(b) You may use the grid below to help you answer this question.
The points (2, 1), (4, 3), (3, 1) and (p, q) form a quadrilateral.
This quadrilateral has rotational symmetry order 1 and one line of symmetry.
(ii) Given that p and q are integers, find two other possible positions of (p, q).
y
5
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 x
7
B 20 C
115°
16
A D
(b) Show that the perpendicular distance between BC and AD is 14.5 cm.
[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/M/J/11
15
[1]
8 (a) Do not
B write in this
margin
y+9
M
y+5
y
[2]
(ii) Solve the equation y2 – 8y – 56 = 0, giving each answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(b) Do not
Q write in this
margin
O
x°
S
R T
[1]
[2]
(b) Hence find QT̂ O.
Mass (m grams) 0 ⭐ m ⬍ 100 100 ⭐ m ⬍ 150 150 ⭐ m ⬍ 200 200 ⭐ m ⬍ 250 250 ⭐ m ⬍ 350
Frequency 14 28 37 21 20
(a) (i) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 50 grams, label the horizontal axis for masses from
0 to 350 grams.
Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 0.1 unit, label the vertical axis for frequency densities
from 0 to 0.8 units.
[3]
(ii) Estimate the number of potatoes with a mass greater than 270 grams.
(iv) Find the probability that a potato chosen at random has a mass less than 150 grams.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
Find the probability that it has a mass less than 250 grams.
Calculate the probability that they both have a mass less than 150 grams.
(a) How many of these candles can be made using a 2 m length of wick?
(ii) One candle was made by pouring candle wax into a cylindrical mould so that it Do not
surrounded the wick. write in this
This mould has an internal radius of 1.9 cm. margin
(a) Calculate the volume of candle wax required to make this candle.
(b) How many of these candles can be made using 3 litres of candle wax?
(c)
length
11 (a) Do not
write in this
margin
90
80
70
60
50
Speed
(km/h)
40
30
20
10
0
7.50 am 8.00 am 8.10 am 8.20 am 8.30 am
Time of day
(b) On Tuesday Brian leaves home at 8.00 am and travels 30 km to work. Do not
On the first part of his journey he travels for 15 minutes at a speed of 40 km/h. write in this
On the second part of his journey he travels 12 km in 8 minutes at a constant speed. margin
(i) Find the distance he travels on the first part of his journey.
(ii) On the axes below, draw a distance-time graph to represent his journey to work on
Tuesday.
30
25
20
Distance
15
(km)
10
0
8.00 am 8.10 am 8.20 am 8.30 am 8.40 am 8.50 am
Time of day [2]
(iii) Calculate the speed, in kilometres per hour, for the third part of his journey.
J 125°
L 15
K
The scale drawing shows a map of three towns, J, K and L.
The distance of K from J is 15 km and the bearing of K from J is 125°.
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (NH/DJ) 35608/4
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2
(i) 1 – 2 ,
2x 5x
2x – 3 Do not
(b) A function is defined by f(x) = .
4 write in this
margin
(i) Find f(2).
(ii)
c
Find c.
(b) Do not
write in this
margin
26
14 20
32
(i) Calculate the lower bound of the perimeter of the outer rectangle.
3 Do not
write in this
margin
B A N A N A
The letters spelling the word BANANA are written on six tiles.
(a) Find the probability that a tile chosen at random has the letter N on it.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(i) Find the probability that the three tiles spell BAN.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(ii) The tiles are now replaced and the process is repeated.
Find the probability that the three tiles spell either ANN or ANA.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
(b) vn is the nth term of the sequence 15, 13, 11, 9, ..........
(ii) wn is the nth term of another sequence that is obtained by multiplying un by vn.
5 Do not
write in this
margin
20
15
Distance
from home 10
(km)
0
11 00 11 30 12 00 12 30 13 00 13 30 14 00
Time of day
(b) How many minutes does Ravi spend at the shopping centre?
Answer .................... arrives first and his brother arrives .................... minutes later. [2]
6 The pie chart, not drawn accurately, represents the weekly income of the five employees in a Do not
small British company in 2009. write in this
margin
Ed
Andrew
David 72°
60°
Brian
Carol
(d) David’s weekly income was twice as much as Ed’s weekly income. Do not
write in this
Calculate David’s weekly income. margin
How much of his weekly income did he have left after paying tax and pension?
Find x.
(g) Andrew’s weekly income of £270 in 2009 was 8% more than his weekly income in 2008.
7 (a) Do not
A Y B write in this
margin
r
C
F
q X
E 2p D
(ii) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of one or more of the vectors p, q and r,
→
(a) EA ,
(b) Do not
P Q write in this
margin
95° 140°
R
U
T S
Find
(i) QP̂ S,
(ii) PŜ R,
(iii) PÛ T.
(i) 2A – B,
Answer [2]
(ii) B–1.
Answer [2]
9
8
7
6
5
4
A
3
2 C
1
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1
B
–2
–3
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
9 The table below shows some of the values of x and the corresponding values of y for Do not
write in this
y = (2x – 3)(x + 2). margin
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y 9 0 –3 4 15
(b) On the axes below, plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
16
14
12
10
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x
–2
–4
–6
–8
[2]
(d) (i) Show that the x-coordinates of the points where y = (2x – 3)(x + 2) and y = 1 – 2x
would intersect are the solutions of the equation
2x2 + 3x – 7 = 0.
[1]
(ii) Solve algebraically the equation 2x2 + 3x – 7 = 0, giving each answer correct to
2 decimal places.
10 Do not
S write in this
margin
300
C
15°
250
B
(b) Do not
C write in this
margin
15°
250
B
D
1 2 Do not
11 [Volume of a cone = π r h] write in this
3
margin
The solid above consists of a cone with base radius r centimetres on top of a cylinder
of radius r centimetres.
The height of the cylinder is twice the height of the cone.
The total height of the solid is H centimetres.
(a) Find an expression, in terms of π, r and H, for the volume of the solid.
Give your answer in its simplest form.
(i) Show that the slant height of the cone is 18.0 cm, correct to one decimal place.
[2]
[2]
(iv) Hence, or otherwise, find the total surface area of the solid.
12 The time taken by each of 320 students taking a Physics test was recorded. Do not
The following table shows a distribution of their times. write in this
margin
Time
60 ⬍ m 艋 70 70 ⬍ m 艋 80 80 ⬍ m 艋 90 90 ⬍ m 艋 100 100 ⬍ m 艋 110 110 ⬍ m 艋 120
(m minutes)
Frequency 24 92 104 68 24 8
(b) For this part of the question use the graph paper opposite.
(c) the percentage of students who took at least 95 minutes to complete the test.
(iii) A group of 300 students of similar ability took an equivalent test the previous year. Do not
The following graph shows a distribution of their times. write in this
margin
300
250
200
Cumulative
frequency 150
100
50
0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Time (minutes)
(a) Find the 20th percentile.
(b) Find the percentage of students who took at least 95 minutes to complete the test.
Answer .......................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (NH/DJ) 35497/3
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2
1
ABC is a triangle in which AB̂ C = 90°, BÂC = 40° A
and BC = 10 cm.
P is the point on AB such that PĈB = 20°. 40°
20°
B 10 C
Calculate
(a) PB,
(b) AP,
Answer x = ..................................
y = .................................. [3]
(a) Write down the value of PŜR. Give a reason for your answer.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(i) S from P,
(ii) P from S,
(iii) R from S.
(c) (i) Explain why triangles PQT and SRT are similar.
Answer ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
5
9
7
(i) 7,
(b) Pedro spins it twice and adds the two numbers obtained.
Some of the results are shown in the possibility diagram below.
+ 1 3 5 7 9
1 2 4
3 12
5
7 14
9
(ii) Find the probability that the sum of the two numbers is
(a) odd,
(b) 14 or more.
Calculate the probability that the three numbers obtained are the same.
Express your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.
5 Do not
O write in this
margin
60°
A D
6 E 6
B C
In the diagram, OBC is the sector of a circle, centre O, and BÔC = 60°.
A and D are the midpoints of OB and OC respectively, and AB = DC = 6 cm.
AED is a semicircle with AD as diameter.
[1]
(i) Find n.
(i) Express 22 500 : 37 500 in the form m : n, where m and n are the smallest
possible integers.
(ii) The profit made by the company in 2008 is shared in the ratio of the amounts invested.
Given that Ada’s share of the profit is $3 600, calculate the total profit made by the
company.
(iii) Ada’s investment in 2008 is 1212% more than the amount she invested in 2007.
(b) Do not
write in this
margin
LAWNMOWER Plan A: Deposit $595 and
12 monthly payments of $171.04
$2395
Plan B: Deposit $395 and
24 monthly payments of $
(ii) When one of these lawnmowers is bought using Plan B, the total cost is $3054.20.
(iii) In a sale, the price of the lawnmower is reduced from $2395 to $1595.
7 (a)
A
B C
Q
(i) Show that triangles APR, BQP and CRQ are congruent.
[3]
D C
(a) AP̂B,
(b) AP̂D.
P
127°
R
D C
(a) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
10
–2 –1 0 1 2 x
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/21/O/N/11
13
(b) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point (0.75, –1.8). Do not
write in this
margin
[2]
Find B and C.
Answer B = .................................
C = ................................. [3]
5
(d) Let f (x) = 2x – .
2x
(i) Given that f (a) = b, show that f (–a) = –b.
[1]
5
(ii) Hence, using the table on the previous page, draw the graph of y = 2x –
2x
for –2 ⭐ x ⭐ – 0.25.
[1]
9 (a) B Do not
write in this
5.5 margin
C
25° 11
A
Calculate AB̂C.
(b) Do not
E
write in this
5+x margin
x 120°
D F
12
(i) Form an equation in x and show that it reduces to 3x2 + 15x – 119 = 0 .
[3]
(ii) Solve the equation 3x2 + 15x – 119 = 0, giving each answer correct to 3 decimal
places.
10 The distribution of the masses of 140 eggs is given in the table below. Do not
write in this
margin
Mass
35 < m ⭐ 40 40 < m ⭐ 45 45 < m ⭐ 50 50 < m ⭐ 55 55 < m ⭐ 60 60 < m ⭐ 70
(m grams)
Number of
15 20 30 35 28 12
eggs
(a) Using a scale of 1 cm to represent 5 grams, draw a horizontal axis for 30 ⭐ m ⭐ 70.
Using a scale of 1 cm to 1 unit, draw a vertical axis to represent frequency density.
[3]
Mass
m ⭐ 35 m ⭐ 40 m ⭐ 45 m ⭐ 50 m ⭐ 55 m ⭐ 60 m ⭐ 70
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 15 140
frequency
[1]
(ii) On the grid on the next page, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to represent
this information.
Do not
140 write in this
margin
120
100
80
Cumulative
frequency
60
40
20
0
30 40 50 60 70
Mass (m grams) [3]
(d) The 12 eggs with the greatest mass are classed as extra large.
The 30 eggs with the least mass are classed as small.
Use your graph to find an estimate of the smallest difference in mass between an extra large
egg and a small egg.
11 (a) Some transformations of the plane are given in the following table. Do not
write in this
margin
Mx Reflection in the x-axis
My Reflection in the y-axis
Md Reflection in the line y = –x
R90 Rotation of 90°, anti-clockwise, centre the origin
R180 Rotation of 180°, centre the origin
R270 Rotation of 270°, anti-clockwise, centre the origin.
You may use the grid on the next page to help answer the following questions.
Answer ( ) [1]
Do not
write in this
margin
(b) The points P and Q have coordinates (4, 0) and (9, 0) respectively. Do not
The points P´ and Q´ have coordinates (4, 4) and (7, 8) respectively. write in this
margin
–2 0 2 4 6 8 10 x
–2
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (CW/DJ) 35498/3
© UCLES 2011 [Turn over
2
1 (a) A = h(4m + h)
5x – 1 9
(c) Solve the equation = . Do not
9 5x – 1 write in this
margin
2 Do not
Q write in this
margin
5.32
North
A 25°
3.73 P
5.47
3 (a) Do not
write in this
margin
Diagram I
Diagram I shows one large circle and five identical small circles.
Each of the five radii shown is a tangent to two of the small circles.
(ii) The radius of the large circle is R centimetres and the radius of each small circle
is r centimetres.
Each small circle is equal in area to the shaded region.
Find R2 : r2.
(b) Do not
write in this
margin
r B
C
Diagram II
A O
Diagram II shows the same large circle and arcs of the same small circles as in Diagram I.
C is the centre of one of the small circles.
This circle touches the adjacent circles at A and B.
O is the centre of the large circle.
[2]
4 (a) A shopkeeper buys some plates from a manufacturer for $10 each. Do not
write in this
(i) (a) The shopkeeper sells a plate for $12. margin
(b) The shopkeeper buys 240 plates and sells 180 at $12 each.
The rest were sold to a café for a total of $540.
(ii) The manufacturer made a profit of 60% when he sold each plate for $10.
(ii) Hence find the greatest possible number of pans that were sold.
(c) One day, the rate of exchange between American dollars ($) and British pounds (£)
was $1.45 = £1.
(ii) On the same day, the rate of exchange between South African rands (R) and pounds
was R10.44 = £1.
x Do not
3 –1 0
11 = 4 . write in this
5 (a) margin
1 –0 1 y 9
Find x and y.
y = ................................ [2]
(ii) The transformation B maps (1, 0) onto (1, 3) and (0, 1) onto (–3, –2). Do not
write in this
Write down the matrix that represents transformation B. margin
Answer
[1]
Answer ...............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
6 You may use the graph paper on the next page to help answer this question. Do not
write in this
The point A is (0, 7), and the point B is (6, 9). margin
→
(a) Express AB as a column vector.
Find P and Q.
Q = ............................... [2]
→
Answer AD = ........................... [1]
7
B
Diagram I
8 E
A D C
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
1
(b) [The volume of a pyramid = 3 × base area × height] Do not
write in this
margin
V
8 Diagram II
B
A F E
D
C
The equilateral triangle of side 8 cm in Diagram I forms the base of the triangular pyramid
VABC in Diagram II.
The vertex V is vertically above F.
VA = VB = VC = 8 cm.
(ii) A pyramid that is identical to P is removed from each of the four vertices of VABC.
(a) The table shows the value of an initial investment of $25 at the end of each of the
next 10 years.
(ii) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 x
[2]
© UCLES 2011 4024/22/O/N/11
17
(iii) Using your graph, find x when the value of an initial investment of $100 had Do not
increased to $168. write in this
margin
(b) An initial investment of $25 was made when company B started business.
The value, y dollars, after x years, is given by the equation y = 3.75x + 25 .
(c) Using your graphs, find the value of x when an initial investment of $25 had increased to
the same value in each company.
(d) (i) By drawing a tangent to the graph representing an investment in company A, find the
rate of increase of this investment when x = 7.
9 Do not
A P D write in this
margin
Diagram I Q
B C
Answer ......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b)
A P D
Diagram II Q M
B C
Answer ..............................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Do not
A P D write in this
margin
Diagram III Q M
B C
...................................... [1]
Answer ......................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [1]
10 Do not
write in this
x margin
(a) (i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the length of the rectangle.
(ii) Find, and simplify, an expression, in terms of x, for the length of a side of the square.
(b) It is given that the area of the rectangle is equal to the area of the square.
[2]
(ii) Solve the equation x2 – 28x + 49 = 0 , giving each solution correct to 3 significant Do not
figures. write in this
margin
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
Age
x⭐ 5 x⭐ 15 x⭐ 25 x⭐ 35 x⭐ 45 x⭐ 55 x⭐ 65
(x years)
Cumulative
0 12 30 60 96 114 120
frequency
On your axes draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to illustrate the information
in the table. [3]
(iv) Members who are not more than 15, and members who are over 50, pay reduced fees.
Use your graph to find an estimate of the number of members who pay reduced fees.
Do not
write in this
margin
The tree diagram below shows the possible outcomes and one of their probabilities.
Blue
........
........ Blue
........ Red
........ Blue
........ Red
3
Red
11
(ii) Expressing each of your answers as a fraction in its lowest terms, calculate the
probability that
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (LEO/SW) 49518/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2
Ᏹ
A B
Ᏹ = { x : x is an integer, 1 ⭐ x ⭐ 18 }
A = { x : x is an even number }
B = { x : x is a multiple of 5 }
(ii) (a) Given that A B⬘ C⬘ = {2, 6, 14, 18}, list the members of C.
(b) A school offers piano lessons and flute lessons to a group of 50 children. Do not
write in this
Of these children, 28 attend piano lessons margin
By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of children who attend only the
piano lessons.
2 (a) Sunil needs to hire a digger from Monday to Thursday one week and on Monday and Do not
Tuesday the following week. write in this
The Hire company charges $48 each time the digger is hired plus $13 per day. margin
Option 1: Hire the digger for four days, return it and then hire it again for two days.
Option 2: Hire it continuously from the first Monday to the second Tuesday.
(b) Tina invests some money in an account that earns simple interest at 3% per year.
At the end of one year the investment is worth $2781.
[2]
(ii) Solve x2 – 2x – 23 = 0.
Give your answers correct to one decimal place.
B
A
H G
10
C D
F E
(a) The letter Z has rotational symmetry order 2 and DE is perpendicular to FE and CD.
CD = 35 cm, FE = 50 cm, DE = 10 cm and BC = 81 cm.
The perpendicular distance between BC and GF is 10 cm.
(c) The sign above the exit of the zoo is geometrically similar to the one above the entrance.
The radius of the inner circle of the letter O on the sign above the exit is 10 cm.
(i) The length of the base of the letter Z on the sign above the entrance is 50 cm.
Calculate the length of the base of the letter Z on the sign above the exit.
5 Do not
B write in this
margin
E 86°
D
58°
Answer ......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(ii) AD̂ E,
(iii) AÔ D,
(iv) BÂ O.
6 Do not
y write in this
margin
6
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
R
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
Find k.
Write down the other two inequalities that define this region.
Answer ..............................................
......................................... [2]
© UCLES 2012 4024/21/M/J/12
11
(c) Triangle R is mapped onto triangle P by a reflection in the line y = –2. Do not
write in this
Draw and label triangle P. [2] margin
(d) Triangle R is mapped onto triangle Q by a stretch where the invariant line is the y-axis.
This transformation maps the vertex (2, 1) onto (4, 1).
(ii) Find the coordinates of the vertex (4, –1) when it is transformed by this stretch.
F C
O
E D
→ →
(b) OA = a and OB = b.
A G B
H
a b
F C
O
E D
→ Do not
(iii) OG , write in this
margin
8 (a) Three towns, A, B and C, are located such that AB = 90 km, BC = 100 km and AC = 85 km.
The bearing of B from A is 127o.
Using a scale of 1 cm to 10 km, construct a scale drawing to show the positions of the
three towns.
North
[3]
J
K
72°
M N L
(iii) On the diagram, construct the locus of points inside the quadrilateral JKLM which are
I 5 cm from JM,
II equidistant from JK and KL. [2]
9 A group of 80 music students recorded the time each spent practising last week. Do not
The results are summarised in this table. write in this
margin
Time
0 ⬍ m ⭐ 20 20 ⬍ m ⭐ 40 40 ⬍ m ⭐ 60 60 ⬍ m ⭐ 80 80 ⬍ m ⭐ 100 100 ⬍ m ⭐ 120
(m minutes)
Frequency 6 15 29 18 9 3
(c) For this part of the question use the graph paper opposite.
(iii) the probability that a student, chosen at random, practised for more than 75 minutes.
Do not
write in this
margin
10 Do not
write in this
margin
(a) Show that the volume of the cuboid, y cm3, is given by y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x.
[2]
(b) The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for
y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x.
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
y 81 128 147 144 125 96 9
(ii) On the grid opposite, plot the graph of y = x3 – 20x2 + 100x for 1 ⭐ x ⭐ 9. [3]
(ii) the possible values of x when the volume of the cuboid is 120 cm3.
y Do not
write in this
150 margin
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
4
(d) [The volume of a sphere = π r 3]
3
For this part of the question take π as 3.
11 Do not
A write in this
margin
15
B E
11
60.5
50
D C
Calculate AD̂ B.
(b) Do not
A write in this
margin
15
11
B E
75° 55°
The top of the mast is also attached to the roof of the building at F using a wire.
FB̂ E = 75°, BÊ F = 55° and AB̂ F = 90°.
(iii) Calculate the angle of depression of F from the top of the mast.
Find
(i) A + 2B,
(ii) A–1.
Answer
冢 冣 [1]
Answer
冢 冣 [2]
(b) Mark and Luke spend three days training for a cycling event. Do not
Mark cycles at an average speed of 24 km/h on the first two days and 26 km/h on the third write in this
day. margin
Luke cycles at an average speed of 25 km/h on the first day, 24 km/h on the second day and
27 km/h on the third day.
They each cycle for 1 hour on the first day and increase their cycling time by 1 hour each day.
2
This information is represented by the matrices P and Q below.
冢冣
1
P= 冢 24 24 26
25 24 27 冣 Q= m
n
(i) Find m and n.
Answer [2]
(iii) Calculate the difference between the numbers in the matrix PQ and explain what this
number represents.
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Do not
write in this
70 margin
football stadium
60
50
Distance 40
(km)
30
20
10
home 0
13 00 14 00 15 00 16 00 17 00 18 00 19 00
Time of day
The travel graph represents Sahid’s journey to and from a football match.
He travels from home straight to the football stadium and watches the match.
On his way home he stops at a café.
(i) How many minutes does Sahid spend at the football stadium?
(ii) What is his speed, in kilometres per hour, on his journey to the football stadium?
(iii) What is the distance between the football stadium and the café?
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (NF/SW) 49519/4
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2
1
y
8
2
R
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
(b) Three of the inequalities that define the region R are x 艌 0, y 艌 0 and y 艋 x + 2.
Write down the other two inequalities that define this region.
Answer ..............................................
........................................ [2]
(c) On the diagram draw the line that is parallel to y = x + 2 and passes through the
point (5, 0). [1]
7x + 1 x
2 (a) Solve the equation – = 1. Do not
4 2 write in this
margin
(c)
The length of the base of a parallelogram is 6 cm more than its perpendicular height, h cm.
The area of this parallelogram is 33.25 cm2.
[2]
cinema 4
Distance
(km) 2
Simon’s house 0
16 00 17 00 18 00 19 00 20 00 21 00 22 00
Time of day
(a) For how many minutes does Simon stay at Juan’s house?
(c) Simon has a 15% discount voucher for his cinema ticket but Juan pays the full price.
Simon pays $4.42 for his ticket.
(d) They stay at the cinema for 2 hours before they each walk home at 3 km / h.
4 The scale diagram shows the position of two hotels, W and X, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 5 km. Do not
write in this
margin
North
North
W
Given that Y is the furthest south, construct the position of Y on the diagram. [2]
5 (a) The cumulative frequency graph shows the distribution of the lengths of 60 leaves. Do not
write in this
margin
60
55
50
45
40
Cumulative 35
frequency
30
25
20
15
10
0
5 6 7 8 9 10
Length (cm)
(i) Complete the table to show the distribution of the lengths of the leaves.
Estimate the probability that it has a length of more than 7.5 cm.
(b) The distribution of the widths of these leaves is shown in the table below. Do not
write in this
margin
Width (w cm) 3⬍w艋4 4⬍w艋5 5⬍w艋6 6⬍w艋7 7⬍w艋8 8⬍w艋9
Frequency 4 15 20 13 5 3
(ii) Calculate the percentage of leaves with a width of more than 6 cm.
(iii) Given that C ⊂ A, n(C) = 3 and B C = ∅, list the members of a possible set C.
Ᏹ
P Q
[1]
By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of people who used both the
gym and the swimming pool.
b
O B
c
E
C F D
(a) Express, as simply as possible, in terms of one or more of the vectors a, b and c,
(i) AB ,
(ii) OE ,
(iii) EF .
8
A
20
21.3
B
2
D C
A kite is attached at A to a 20 m length of string and the other end of the string is held at B so that
the string is a straight line.
B is 2 m above the ground at C and AC = 21.3 m.
D is the point at ground level directly below A such that AD̂ C = BĈD = 90°.
(a) Calculate
(i) AB̂ C,
(ii) AD.
(b) B Do not
write in this
2 margin
D C
33°
8.6
118°
E
E is another point on the level ground such that DE = 8.6 m, ED̂ C = 33° and CÊD = 118°.
Calculate
(i) DĈE
(ii) CE,
Answer
冢 冣 [2]
(b) Zara is going to put carpet and underlay in three rooms, A, B and C, of her house.
The cost per square metre for the carpet in A is $18, in B is $22 and in C is $25.
The cost per square metre for the underlay is $6 in A and $8 in the other two rooms.
This information is represented by matrix P below.
P= 冢186 22
8
25
8 冣
The amount of carpet and underlay required for A, B and C is 8 m2, 15 m2 and 20 m2
respectively.
This information is represented by matrix Q below.
冢冣
8
Q = 15
20
Answer [2]
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) Do not
y write in this
margin
4
2
E
1
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1
–2
–3
–4
(ii) The transformation that maps triangle E onto triangle G is represented by the
matrix
2
0 冢 0
1
. 冣
Draw and label triangle G. [2]
(iii) Triangle E is mapped onto triangle H by a stretch with the x-axis as the invariant line.
The area of triangle H is 12 units2.
(b) The vertex (1, 1) of triangle E is mapped onto the vertex (m , n) of triangle H .
Find m and n.
Answer m = .......................................
n = ................................. [1]
10 The diagram shows a major segment of a circle with centre O and radius 15 cm. Do not
A and B are two points on the circumference such that AÔB = 60°. write in this
margin
60° 15
A B
(a) Calculate
5
Shape II
11 (a) A Do not
write in this
margin
28°
D
O
E
20°
B
C
Find
(i) CÔB,
(ii) OF̂ C,
(iii) OĈB,
(iv) DĈE,
(v) AD̂ C.
(b) Do not
P Q write in this
margin
32°
S T R
PQRS is a parallelogram.
QT is the bisector of PQ̂ R and PQ̂ T = 32°.
(a) QT̂ R,
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) SP̂ Q.
............................................................................................................................. [1]
(ii) On the diagram, construct the locus of points inside the parallelogram PQRS which are
I 4 cm from PS,
II 5 cm from R. [2]
x
x
(a) By considering the height of the cuboid, explain why it is not possible for this sphere to
have a radius of 5 cm.
Answer ......................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) By taking the value of π as 3, show that the approximate volume, y cm3, of the solid is given by
x3
y = 8x 2 – .
2
[2]
(c) The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for
x3
y = 8x 2 – .
2
x 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
y 7.5 28 96 137.5 180 220.5
y Do not
write in this
240 margin
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (LEO/CGW) 51682/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2
R Q
10.2
6
B C
(ii) Do not
D write in this
margin
14.3 A
10.2 6
B C
Find AD.
[1]
[1]
3 Matthew makes pieces of furniture and sends them to a shop where they are sold. Do not
When a piece is sold, the shopkeeper receives 15% of the selling price, and Matthew receives write in this
the rest. margin
Calculate the percentage profit that Matthew makes when this table is sold.
D
C
H
F
(i) Find KĜH.
A G 40° B
K
L
D
C
H
State the name of the special quadrilateral HKGL and give your reasons.
because .............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
3
C
1.5
2
2.25
A
D
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
5 Do not
write in this
B margin
A
A
10 Diagram I
B
(c)
Diagram II
(d) Diagram III shows the combined regions A and B shaded. Do not
write in this
margin
Diagram III
Find the probability that the journey time for this driver is 95 minutes or less.
Calculate the probability that both their journey times are more than 100 minutes.
(c) Complete the histogram to represent the information in the table. Do not
write in this
margin
4
Frequency
density 2
0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130
Time (t minutes)
[3]
(b) A closed cylindrical tin is 11 cm high and the base has a diameter of 7 cm.
11
(ii) Calculate the total external surface area of this tin. Do not
write in this
margin
(iii) In addition to the surface area, a closed tin requires an extra 30 cm2 of metal to allow
the top, bottom and side to be joined together.
The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to 1 decimal
place where appropriate.
(b) On the graph paper opposite, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 unit on both axes,
draw a horizontal x-axis for –2 ⭐ x ⭐ 3 and
draw a vertical y-axis for –3 ⭐ y ⭐ 5.
On your axes, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]
(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point where x = – 0.3.
(e) The equation x3 – 2x2 – x + 2 = 0 can be solved by finding the intersection of the graphs
of y = x3 – 2x2 + 1 and the straight line y = x + a.
Do not
write in this
margin
9 Do not
A write in this
margin
48°
65
84 60°
C D B
P is the point on the line BC such that the angle of elevation from the line BC to the top of
the tree is greatest.
(a) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken, in hours, for this train to travel
from York to London.
Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken, in hours, for the car to travel
from York to London.
[3]
(d) Solve this equation, giving each solution correct to 1 decimal place. Do not
write in this
margin
(e) Hence find the time taken by the train to travel from York to London.
Give your answer in hours and minutes, correct to the nearest minute.
AB = p, AD = q and BC = r. r margin
F
B G
p
E
H D
q
A
(i) Find, in terms of p, q and r as appropriate
(a) EF ,
(b) DC ,
(ii) What conclusions can be drawn about the lines EF and HG?
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) Do not
y write in this
margin
8
7
L
6
3
A
2
í5 í4 í3 í2 í1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
í1
í2
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a clockwise rotation of 90°, centre (0, 3).
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable effort has been
made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will be pleased to make amends at
the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
For Examiner’s Use
DC (LEO/CGW) 51683/3
© UCLES 2012 [Turn over
2
1
A
10
B C
6.5
(b) Do not
D write in this
margin
16.4
10
B C
6.5
Answer x = ..............................
y = ............................... [3]
On the same day, he sells 20 more bottles of water than cartons of milk.
(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the number of dollars he receives from the
sale of these cartons and bottles.
Simplify your answer.
(ii) The total amount he receives that day from the sale of these cartons and bottles is
greater than $250.
(iii) Hence write down the least number of cartons of milk that he sells that day.
(ii) In 2010, the cost of posting a letter was increased from 36 cents to 45 cents.
(iii) After the price increase to 45 cents, the cost to the company of posting 3000 letters was
$1302.75.
Calculate the increase in the cost of posting this type of parcel in 2010 compared to 2009.
4 (a) Do not
B D write in this
margin
E F
G H 32°
46°
A C
B
D
C
E
AD and BE intersect at C.
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii)
B
5.5 D
C
2 E
5
Given that AC = 5 cm, BC = 5.5 cm and CE = 2 cm, find the length of the chord AD.
5 Do not
O write in this
20 margin
25 A 150° D
B C
A
(c) The shape ABCD is used to make a lampshade by joining AB and DC.
A,D r
B,C
Height
130 < h 140 140 < h 150 150 < h 155 155 < h 160 160 < h 170 170 < h 190
(h cm)
Frequency 10 30 20 30 35 25
Find the probability that this child has a height greater than 160 cm.
Find the probability that the height of one child is greater than 160 cm and the height of
the other is 150 cm or less.
(c) Complete the histogram to represent the information in the table. Do not
write in this
margin
6
4
Frequency
3
density
0
130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Height (h cm)
[3]
4
[The Surface area of a sphere is 4πr2] [The Volume of a sphere is πr3] Do not
3 write in this
margin
(b) A circular top that can hold 4 hemispherical bowls can be placed on the container.
7 7
21 8
The top is a circle of diameter 21 cm with four circular holes of diameter 7 cm.
A hemispherical bowl of diameter 7 cm fits into each hole.
The cross-section shows two of these bowls.
(i) Calculate the inside curved surface area of one of these hemispherical bowls.
(ii) Calculate the total surface area of the top of the container, including the inside curved
surface area of each bowl.
(iii) With the top and the 4 bowls in place, calculate the volume of water required to fill the
container.
The table below shows some values of x, and the corresponding values of y, correct to 1 decimal
place where appropriate.
(a) Calculate p.
Give your answer correct to 1 decimal place.
(b) On the graph paper opposite, using a scale of 2 cm to represent 1 unit on both axes,
draw a horizontal x-axis for –2 x 3, and
draw a vertical y-axis for –3 y 5.
On your axes, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]
(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point where x = – 0.5.
(e) By drawing an appropriate straight line on the grid, solve the equation 1 + 2x2 – x3 = x.
(f) Find the range of values of k such that 1 + 2x2 – x3 = k has 3 solutions.
Do not
write in this
margin
9 Do not
A write in this
margin
30
37° 58° 64
B C
D
Given that this angle of depression is 34°, calculate the height of the tower.
10 Do not
A P B write in this
margin
D R C
ABCD is a square.
AP = BQ = CR = DS.
(a) Giving reasons, show that triangles PAS and QBP are congruent.
Answer ......................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
(ii) Show that the area, y cm2, of PQRS is given by y = 1600 – 80x + 2x2.
[2]
[1]
(d) Two outlines of ABCD are drawn to scale in the answer space below.
The scale is 1 : 10.
Draw accurately the quadrilateral PQRS corresponding to each value of x found above.
Answer
A B A B
D C D C
[2]
11 (a) Do not
D write in this
margin
B
q C
O A
E p
(a) AB ,
(b) CD ,
(c) ED .
(ii) Use your answers to parts (i)(b) and (i)(c) to make two statements about the points E, C
and D.
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Do not
y write in this
margin
8
3
A
2
í5 í4 í3 í2 í1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
í1
L
í2
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by an anticlockwise rotation of 90°, centre (0, 3).
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [3]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (KN/SW) 64205/3
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Solve4(x–2)=7–x.
(b) Solvethesimultaneousequations.
2x+y=7
4x–3y=19
Answer x=.........................................
y=......................................... [3]
(ii) Solve2–3y<8.
(b) B
p° q°
F A E C G
FAECG andADBarestraightlines.DEisparalleltoBC.
t =p°and AED
(i) FAD t =q°.
Findanexpressionintermsofpand/orqfor
t ,
(a) BCG
t .
(b) DBC
(ii) AE=7cm,EC=3cm,DE=5.6cmandDB=2.1cm.
(a) FindBC.
(b) FindAD.
Parallelogram 1 2 3 4 5
(i) Completethetablebelow.
Parallelogramm 1 2 3 4 5 6
Numberofsmalltriangles 2 4 6 8 [1]
(ii) Find an expression, in terms of m, for the number of small triangles used to make
Parallelogramm.
(b) Thediagramsshowtrianglesmadefromthesamesmalltriangles.
Triangle 1 2 3 4 5
(i) Completethetablebelow.
Trianglen 1 2 3 4 5 6
Numberofsmalltriangles 1 4 9 16 [1]
(ii) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of small triangles used to make
Trianglen.
(iii) Triangleqismadefrom324smalltriangles.
Findq.
Trapezium 1 2 3
Trapezium 4 5
(i) Bycomparingthediagramswiththoseinparts(a)and(b),findanexpression,interms
oft,forthenumberofsmalltrianglesusedtomakeTrapeziumt.
(ii) HowmanysmalltrianglesareusedtomakeTrapezium25?
8 milk
10
9 milk
11
2
plain
10
milk
9 milk
10 10
12 2
11 plain
1 plain
10
milk
........
2 milk
12 ........
........ plain
plain
milk
........
plain
........
........ plain
(ii) Expressingeachanswerasafractioninitslowestterms,findtheprobabilitythatSacha
(a) eats3milkchocolates,
(b) eats2milkchocolatesand1plainchocolateinanyorder.
Number 5
of days
4
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Number of letters
Forthisdistribution,find
(i) themode,
(ii) themedian.
Exchangerate
$1=€0.72
EddietravelsfromtheUSAtoGermany.
Hechanges$300intoeuros(€).
Howmanyeurosdoeshereceive?
(ii) WhenEddiereturnstotheUSAhehas€51leftthatheexchangesfor$75.
Whatexchangeratehasbeenusedinthiscase?
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
9
(i) Calculatetheprofitorlosshemakesfromsellingthese60plants,statingifitisaprofit
orloss.
Answer Gregmakesa...........................of$.....................[3]
(ii) Findthepercentageprofitorloss.
Answer ...........................................%[1]
18
55°
A D
7 E
EisthepointonADsuchthatBEisperpendiculartoAD.
t =55°,AE=7cm,BE=18cmandBC =9cm.
BDA
Calculate
t ,
(i) BAE
(ii) theareaofthetrapeziumABCD.
Answer .........................................cm2[4]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
11
(b) For
Examiner’s
Use
P Q
112°
41°
S R
PQRSisanothertrapezium.
t =112°and PRS
PQR t =41°,eachmeasuredcorrecttothenearestdegree.
t .
Findthesmallestpossiblevalueof QRP
Whatisthedifferenceintheiraveragespeeds?
Giveyouranswerinmetrespersecond,correcttotwodecimalplaces.
(b) Twocarseachcompleteajourneyof120km.
Thefirstcarisdrivenatanaveragespeedofx km/h.
Thesecondcarisdrivenatanaveragespeed3km/hfasterthanthefirstcar.
Thefirstcartakes6minuteslongertocompletethejourney.
(i) Writedownanequationinxandshowthatitsimplifiestox2+3x–3600=0.
[3]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
13
Answer x=..................or..................[3]
(iii) Howmanyminutesdoesthefirstcartaketotravelthe120km?
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
4x - 3
8 (a) f (x) =
2
Find
(i) f(–2),
(ii) f–1(x),
(iii) thevalueofgsuchthatf(2g)=g.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
15
(b) For
B Examiner’s
Use
C
A
BADandCAEarestraightlinesandBCisparalleltoED.
1 12
BA = c m, ED = c m and BA = 1 BD .
-2 -3 4
(i) DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleABContotriangleADE.
Answer..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Calculate BA .
(iii) FindCD.
(iv) FisthemidpointofBD.
Answer
[2]
Find EF .
Answer
[2]
(i) Findh.
Shape I
5x 8
Shape II
havelengths5ycmand12ycm.Thethirdsideisoflength13y cm.
12y
y satisfiestheequation4y2+16y–33=0.
(i) Factorise4y2+16y–33.
5y 8
Shape III
(ii) Hencesolvetheequation4y2+16y–33=0.
Answer y=..................or..................[1]
(iii) Findtheareaoftheshadedtriangle.
Answer ........................................cm2[1]
Answer ........................................cm2[3]
Volume of Shape III
(d) Find asafractioninitssimplestform.
Volume of Shape II
6.
10 (a) Thetableshowssomevaluesofxandthecorrespondingvaluesofyfor y = For
x2 Examiner’s
Use
x –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
y 0.96 1.5 2.67 6 6 2.67 1.5 0.96
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x
[2]
(iii) Useyourgraphtofindthevaluesofxwheny=2.
Answer x=..................or..................[1]
(iv) Bydrawingatangent,findthegradientofthecurvewhenx=1.5.
(2, 45)
P
O x
Twopointsonthecurveare(2,45)and(4,b).
(i) Findthevaluesofaandb.
Answer a=.........................................
b=......................................... [2]
(ii) Findthecoordinatesofthepoint,P,wherethegraphcrossesthey-axis.
(iii) FindthegradientofthestraightlinejoiningthepointsPand(2,45).
B Scale: 1 cm to 50 m
(i) Findtheactualdistancebetweenthetwoboats.
Answer ............................................m[1]
(ii) AthirdboatispositionedatC,suchthatAC=350mandBC=300m.
CiseastofthelineAB.
UserulerandcompassestofindC. [2]
(iii) MeasurethebearingofCfromA.
(iv) AfourthboatispositionedatD,suchthatACisthelineofsymmetryofthe
quadrilateralABCD.
CompletethequadrilateralABCD. [2]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
21
North 250
54°
P
340
160
(i) CalculatethebearingofRfromP.
(ii) CalculatetheareaoftrianglePQR.
(i) Calculateanestimateofthemeanweightofluggage.
(iii) Estimatetheprobabilitythatapassenger,chosenatrandom,hasluggageweighingless
than13kg.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
23
For
Examiner’s
Use
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 w
Weight of luggage (kg)
Singapore
South Africa
48°
126°
Pakistan
54° 42°
Australia United
Kingdom
(i) FindthenumberofstudentsinthegroupwhowereborninAustralia.
(ii) CalculatethepercentageofstudentsinthegroupwhowereborninSouthAfrica.
Answer ............................................%[1]
(iii) Fourmorestudentsjointhegroup.
Ofthese,twostudentswereborninPakistan,oneinSingaporeandoneinChina.
Anewpiechartistobedrawnusingtheinformationaboutthewhole groupofstudents.
Forthenewpiechart,calculatetheangleofthesectorthatrepresentsthestudentsborn
inPakistan.
Giveyouranswercorrecttothenearestdegree.
Permissiontoreproduceitemswherethird-partyownedmaterialprotectedbycopyrightisincludedhasbeensoughtandclearedwherepossible.Everyreasonableefforthasbeen
madebythepublisher(UCLES)totracecopyrightholders,butifanyitemsrequiringclearancehaveunwittinglybeenincluded,thepublisherwillbepleasedtomakeamendsat
theearliestpossibleopportunity.
UniversityofCambridgeInternationalExaminationsispartoftheCambridgeAssessmentGroup.CambridgeAssessmentisthebrandnameofUniversityofCambridgeLocal
ExaminationsSyndicate(UCLES),whichisitselfadepartmentoftheUniversityofCambridge.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/M/J/13
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 8 4 6 1 5 4 2 5 0 3 *
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (CW/CGW) 64204/3
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
1 (a) (i)
Exchange rate
£1 = $2.06
£1 = 72 rupees
(b) For
Examiner’s
Account Simple interest per year Use
(i) How much money did Lydia have in her account on 31 March 2012 after the interest
had been added?
(ii) On 31 March 2012, Lydia transferred this money to an Extra Saver Account.
How much money did she have in this account on 31 March 2013 after the interest had
been added?
(iii) Simone kept her money for the two years in the Extra Saver Account, which earned
simple interest of 3.5% per year.
After all interest had been added, who had more money in their account on
31 March 2013 and by how much?
2 Small triangles are formed by placing rods between dots as shown in the diagrams. For
Examiner’s
Use
Diagram n 1 2 3 4 5
(b) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of small triangles (T ) formed in Diagram n.
(c) Given that R = D + T – 1, find the value of n when D = 561 and R = 1584.
2x – y = 6
4x + 3y = –3
Answer x = ..........................................
y = .......................................... [3]
C
F
6
G
6 16
D
E
(b) The area of the hexagon ABCDEF is four times the area of the triangle DEF.
(ii) Find EG : GB, giving your answer in the form m : n where m and n are integers.
5 For
Examiner’s
Use
15 180
Mr Chan wants a fence along the side of his garden which is 8 metres long.
He buys 4 fence panels and 5 posts.
Each fence panel is 180 cm wide, correct to the nearest centimetre.
Each post is 15 cm wide, correct to the nearest centimetre.
(a) If there are no gaps between the panels and the posts, is it possible for the fence to be longer
than 8 metres?
Show your working.
[2]
(b) A shop buys the posts from a manufacturer and sells them at a profit of 30%.
The shop sells each post for $35.10.
(i) How much does each post cost from the manufacturer?
(ii) For
Examiner’s
Fence panels $50.70 each Use
Posts $35.10 each
North
335
Q
210°
North
500
65°
t .
(a) Calculate PQR
7 (a) The distribution of the times spent by 200 customers at a restaurant one evening is shown in For
the table. Examiner’s
Use
Time (t minutes) 30 G t < 60 60 G t < 80 80 G t < 90 90 G t < 100 100 G t < 120
Frequency 24 p q 58 28
The diagram shows part of the histogram that represents this data.
Frequency
3
density
0
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Time (t minutes)
Answer p = .........................................
q = ......................................... [2]
(iii) Estimate the probability that a customer, chosen at random, spent more than 95 minutes
in the restaurant.
(b) The table below shows the distribution of the ages of these customers. For
Examiner’s
Use
Age (y years) 0 < y G 20 20 < y G 40 40 < y G 60 60 < y G 80
Frequency 34 57 85 24
(b) A third buoy is positioned at C which is due East of B and 1800 m from A.
[3]
J- 4N J1N
AB = K O and BC = K O .
L 2P L4P
(i) Find BD.
(ii) Calculate AC .
Answer
[1]
Answer ......................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
© UCLES 2013 4024/22/M/J/13
17
Answer
[2]
3x + 2
(b) f (x) =
5
Find
(i) f (–4),
(iii) f –1 (x).
The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities.
n–1 red
24
red
25 – n
n 24
25
blue
25 – n
25 red
blue
blue
(ii) (a) Write an expression, as a single fraction in terms of n, for the probability that
Rashid picks a red peg then a blue peg in that order.
(iv) Given that at the start there are more blue pegs than red pegs in the bag, find the
probability that Rashid picks two red pegs.
108°
54°
30° 78°
green pink
blue
(ii) Find, in its simplest form, the fraction of children whose favourite colour is green.
(iii) How many more children answered yellow than answered blue?
11 (a) The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = 2x3 – 3x2 + 5. For
Examiner’s
Use
x –1.5 –1 –0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5 2
y 0 4 5 4.5 4 5 9
(ii) Using a scale of 4 cm to represent 1 unit, draw a horizontal x-axis for - 1.5 G x G 2 .
Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 5 units, draw a vertical y-axis for - 10 G y G 10 .
(iii) Use your graph to estimate the gradient of the curve when x = 1.5.
(iv) By drawing a suitable line on your graph, find the solution of the equation
2x3 – 3x2 + 4 = 0.
(b) For
y Examiner’s
Use
(q , 2.4)
(3 , 0.4)
x
O
p
The graph shows a sketch of the curve y = .
x
Two points on the curve are (3, 0.4) and (q, 2.4).
Answer p = .........................................
q = ......................................... [2]
(ii) Calculate the gradient of the straight line joining the points (3, 0.4) and (q, 2.4).
12 (a) For
Examiner’s
r Use
46
(b)
x
4
125° 20
11
(iii) Calculate x.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (LEG/CGW) 84304/2 R
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Therateofexchangebetweendollars($)andpounds(£)is$1.56=£1.
Therateofexchangebetweeneuros(€)andpoundsis€1.10=£1.
(i) Amychanges£300intodollars.
CalculatehowmanydollarsAmyreceives.
(ii) Benchanges€770intopounds.
CalculatehowmanypoundsBenreceives.
(iii) Chrischanges$780intoeuros.
CalculatehowmanyeurosChrisreceives.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
3
Emmachangedthesamenumberofdollarsintoyen.
TherateofexchangeforEmmawas82dollars=1yen.
Emmareceived3feweryenthanDebbie.
Giventhatthenumberofdollarschangedeachtimeisx,findx.
2 t =40˚andAC=8cm.
(a) ConstructthetriangleABCinwhich BAC For
Examiner’s
Use
CisabovethelineAB,whichisdrawnforyou.
A B
[2]
(b) Constructthelocusofallthepointsoutsidethetrianglethatare2cmfromtheperimeterof
thetriangle. [2]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
5
(b) FindthegradientofAB.
(c) AB intersectsthey-axisatthepoint(0,c).
Findc.
Answer [1]
(e) Cisthepoint(5,2)andDisthepoint(h,k).
ThelinesAB andCD areequalinlengthandparallel.
FindthecoordinatesofeachofthepossiblepointsD.
Answer (..............,..............)and(..............,..............)[3]
4 Thetableshowsthedistributionofthemassesof100babiesatbirth. For
Examiner’s
Use
Mass
1.5<xG2 2<xG2.5 2.5<xG3 3<xG3.5 3.5<xG4 4<xG4.5 4.5<xG5
(xkg)
Number
3 12 20 24 25 14 2
ofbabies
(a) Writedownthemodalclass.
(b) Forthispartofthequestionusethegridbelow.
Usingascaleof4cmtorepresent1kg,drawahorizontalx-axisfor1 G x G 5.
Usingascaleof2cmtorepresent5babies,drawaverticalaxisforfrequencyfrom0to30.
Usingyouraxes,drawafrequencypolygontorepresenttheseresults.
[2]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
7
(ii) Onthegridbelowdrawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresenttheseresults.
100
90
80
70
60
Cumulative
50
frequency
40
30
20
10
0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 x
Mass (kg)
[2]
(d) Useyourcurvetoestimate
(i) themedianmass,
Answer .......................................... kg[1]
(ii) the10thpercentile.
2
5 (a) Solve = 1. For
3- x Examiner’s
Use
(b) Factorise
(i) 5x + 5y ,
(ii) 9x 2 - 16 .
Answer x=.................or.................[1]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
9
GiventhatL=9whend=2,findthevalueofLwhend=3.
6 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use
50° B
C
31
t = 90c, ACB
InthetriangleABC, ABC t = 50candBC = 31m.
t = 90c.
DisthepointonAC suchthat BDA
(i) ShowthatCD=19.93m,correctto2decimalplaces.
[2]
(ii) CalculateAD.
Answer ...........................................m[3]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
11
(b) For
S Examiner’s
Use
10° 55°
52
P Q R
TwoboatsareatthepointsPandQ.
RSisaverticalcliffofheight52m.
t = 10cand QStR = 55c.
PSQ
(ii) Calculatethedistance,PQ,betweentheboats.
Answer ...........................................m[3]
7 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use
E
C
D
t and
IntriangleABC,Disthepoint onBC suchthatAD bisects BAC
E isthepointonABsuchthatAE = AC.
[3]
t = xc, EDB
(ii) Giventhat ABD t = zc,
t = ycand ACB
findxintermsofyandz.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
13
(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use
t andRSbisects PRQ
IntrianglePQR,QSbisects PQR t .
t t
PQR = 42cand PRQ = 54c.
FindreflexangleQSR.
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
8 (a)
B
14
A 10
O
Inthediagram,thecircleseachhavecentreO.
ABisachordofthelargercircleandalsoatangenttothesmallercircle.
AB =14cmandtheradiusofthelargercircleis10cm.
Findtheradiusofthesmallercircle.
(b)
S Q
Inthediagram,PQ andRSarechordsofacirclethatintersectatT.
[3]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
15
(ii) For
S Q
Examiner’s
Use
x
5
T
11
R
ST =5 cm,TR=11cmandTQ=xcm.
GiventhatPQ = 18 cm,showthatxsatisfiestheequation
x 2 - 18x + 55 = 0 .
[2]
Answer x=.................or.................[3]
(iv) FindthedifferencebetweenthelengthsofPTandTQ.
Time
0 1 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
(t hours)
Numberof
50 150 450 780 1350 2340
bacteria(y)
(b) Onthegridontheoppositepageplotthepointsinthetable,andjointhemwitha
smoothcurve. [3]
(c) Useyourgraphtofindthenumberofbacteriainthecolonywhent=3.2.
(ii) Whatdoesthisgradientrepresent?
Answer........................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [1]
Answer k=..................a=.................[1]
(i) Onthesameaxes,drawagraphtorepresentthenumberofbacteriainthiscolony.
[2]
(ii) Statethevalueoftwhenthenumberofbacteriaineachcolonyisthesame.
y For
Examiner’s
5000 Use
4500
4000
3500
3000
Number
of bacteria
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1 2 3 4 t
Time (t hours)
10 Afueltankerdeliversfuelinacylindricalcontaineroflength9.5mandradius0.8m. For
Examiner’s
(a) Afterseveraldeliveries,thefuelremaininginthecontainerisshowninthediagram. Use
9.5
O
0.8
A
B
t = 90c.
AB ishorizontal,Oisthecentreofthecircularcross-sectionand AOB
(i) Calculatethecurvedsurfaceareaofthecontainerthatisincontactwiththefuel.
(ii) Calculatethevolumeoffuelremaininginthecontainer.
(iii) Calculatethisvolumeremainingasapercentageofthevolumeofthewholecontainer.
Answer ...........................................%[2]
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
19
(ii) Calculatethetimetaken,inminutes,topump25000litresoffuel.
Giveyouranswercorrecttothenearestminute.
11 ThediagramshowstrianglesAandB. For
Examiner’s
Use
y
10
A B
2
0 x
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
Answer .........................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) Findthematrixthatrepresentsthistransformation.
(ii) Givethenameofthistransformation.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
21
(iii) Find the matrix that represents the inverse transformation that maps triangle C onto For
triangleB. Examiner’s
Use
Answer .....................:.....................[1]
(c) FindthematrixthatrepresentsthesingletransformationthatmapstriangleA
ontotriangleC.
_________________________________________________________________________________
12 (a) For
A Examiner’s
Use
65°
45°
B
[3]
(ii) FindthelengthofBC.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
23
(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use
13
10
Q 6 R S
IntrianglePQR,PQ=13cm,QR=6cmandRP=10cm.
QRisproducedtoS.
t ,givingyouranswerasafractioninitslowestterms.
(i) Findthevalueofcos PRQ
t .
(ii) Hencewritedownthevalueofcos PRS
(c) For
F Examiner’s
Use
E D
TriangleDEGhasthesameareaastriangleDEF,butisnotcongruenttotriangleDEF.
ThepointG islowerthanDEandGE=EF.
DrawthetriangleDEGinthediagramabove. [1]
t = 30candML=2MN.
(d) IntriangleLMN, LMN
WhentheareaoftriangleLMNis18cm2,calculateMN.
Permissiontoreproduceitemswherethird-partyownedmaterialprotectedbycopyrightisincludedhasbeensoughtandclearedwherepossible.Everyreasonableefforthasbeen
madebythepublisher(UCLES)totracecopyrightholders,butifanyitemsrequiringclearancehaveunwittinglybeenincluded,thepublisherwillbepleasedtomakeamendsat
theearliestpossibleopportunity.
UniversityofCambridgeInternationalExaminationsispartoftheCambridgeAssessmentGroup.CambridgeAssessmentisthebrandnameofUniversityofCambridgeLocal
ExaminationsSyndicate(UCLES),whichisitselfadepartmentoftheUniversityofCambridge.
©UCLES2013 4024/21/O/N/13
UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE INTERNATIONAL EXAMINATIONS
General Certificate of Education Ordinary Level
* 8 0 9 4 8 7 4 2 7 1 *
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (LEG/SW) 67172/1
© UCLES 2013 [Turn over
2
1
C
58
40
A 34 F 38 E 42 D
t .
(c) Calculate CDE
2 (a) The results of a survey of the number of cars owned by 50 families are given in the table below. For
Examiner’s
Use
Number of cars 0 1 2 3
Number of families 4 35 6 5
(ii) When the same 50 families were surveyed at a later date, the results were as follows.
Number of cars 0 1 2 3
Number of families x 37 y 5
The mean number of cars per family stayed the same as before.
Find x and y.
Answer x = .........................................
y = .......................................... [2]
(b) A service station sells diesel, unleaded and super unleaded fuel. For
During one week, 13 500 litres of diesel and 36 000 litres of unleaded were sold. Examiner’s
The total number of litres of fuel sold that week was 54 000. Use
(i) What fraction of the total number of litres sold was super unleaded?
Give your answer in its lowest terms.
(ii) Complete the pie chart to represent the amounts of fuel sold.
Answer
Diesel
[3]
a + a2 + b2 For
3 (a) Find the value of when a = - 4 and b = - 3. Examiner’s
a 2 - 2ab Use
Give your answer as a fraction.
(b) Expand the brackets and simplify ^3x 2 - 1h^2x + 3h - x ^9x - 2h.
(ii) Use your answer to part (c)(i) to solve the equation 9x 2 + 5x - 4 = 0 . For
Examiner’s
Use
t giving your reasons.
Find DOE
D
O
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(b)
P
Q
[3]
(ii) For
Examiner’s
Use
P T
Q
RS and PQ intersect at T.
(i) a ! M P
Find a.
(b) In a survey, 90 people were asked “Do you own a car?” and “Do you own a bicycle?”.
A total of 27 people said they owned a bicycle.
Of these, 13 owned only a bicycle.
11 people owned neither a car nor a bicycle.
By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find how many people said that they owned a car.
(c) The Venn diagrams show a Universal set, , and subsets A, B and C. For
Examiner’s
(i) Shade the set (A C)l B. Use
B
[1]
B
(iii) Tax on the original price of bicycle C is charged at 20% of the original price.
After tax has been included, Matthew pays $1080 for this bicycle.
2 1
5 f - 1 p - 4 f - 3 p.
For
7 (a) Express as a single matrix Examiner’s
Use
3 0
Answer [2]
1
m f 0 p.
7 -1 3
(b) Express as a single matrix c
2 0 4
2
Answer [2]
1 0
(c) A = c m
-2 4
(i) Find A - 1 .
Answer f p [2]
Find B.
Answer f p [2]
A 6
310°
O
B
The diagram shows a sector AOB of a circle with centre O and radius 6 cm.
The angle of the sector is 310c.
(c) This sector is cut from a rectangular piece of card of height 12 cm and width w cm. For
Examiner’s
Use
A 6
310°
O 12
B
(ii) When the sector is cut out, the triangle AOB is retained.
The rest of the rectangular piece of card, shown shaded, is discarded as waste.
Calculate the percentage of the rectangular piece of card that is discarded as waste.
1
9 The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = x+ . For
x Examiner’s
The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y. Use
The values of y are correct to 2 decimal places where appropriate.
(a) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
5
–2 –1 0 1 2 x
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5 [2]
© UCLES 2013 4024/22/O/N/13
17
(b) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve when x = 0.75. For
Examiner’s
Use
(d) (i) On the grid opposite, draw the graph of the straight line y = 4 - x . [1]
(ii) Write down the x-coordinate of each of the points where the graphs of y = 4 - x and
1
y = x+ intersect.
x
(iii) Find the equation for which these x values are the solutions.
Give your equation in the form Ax 2 + Bx + C = 0 .
10 (a) For
North Examiner’s
Use
6 C
A
115°
Two boats sail from A. One boat sails to B, and the other boat sails to C.
AB = 8 km, AC = 6 km and BACt = 115c.
(b) For
P Examiner’s
Use
36°
44° 65°
S 200 Q
R
[2]
200 sin 65 sin 36
(ii) Hence show that SR = .
sin 35 sin 44
[2]
7 4
11 (a) Express as a single fraction, in its simplest form, - . For
p + 2 2p - 3 Examiner’s
Use
(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the average speed of the train.
(ii) A car takes 2 21 hours longer than a train to travel between London and York.
The average speed of the train is 80 km/h greater than the average speed of the car.
[3]
(iii) Solve the equation 2x 2 + 5x - 20 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places. For
Examiner’s
Use
(iv) Hence find the average speed of the car correct to the nearest km/h.
12 (a) For
B F C Examiner’s
Use
G
E
6
(i) AD = c m
1
Calculate AD .
Find EH .
Answer f p [2]
1.5 0.5
(iii) BF = c m CG = c m For
0 -1.5 Examiner’s
Use
F is the midpoint of BC.
Find FG .
Answer f p [1]
(iv) Use your answers to parts (ii) and (iii) to complete the following statement.
(v) Given that E is the midpoint of AB, show that G is the midpoint of CD.
[2]
(b) y For
Examiner’s
7 Use
A
4
O 1 2 3 4 5 x
Triangle A has vertices (1, 2), (1, 5) and (3, 5).
(i) An enlargement, centre (1, 2), scale factor 1.5, maps triangle A onto triangle B.
(ii) An enlargement, centre (1, 2), scale factor - 0.5, maps triangle A onto triangle C.
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
University of Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of
Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NF/KN) 93827/2 R
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2
x 2
1 (a) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form 2- .
^x - 4h x-4
Answer x = ..............................................
y = .............................................. [3]
(c) Solve x ^x - 4h = 6 + x .
A = {x : x is a multiple of 3}
B = {x : x is a factor of 60}
C = {x : x is a prime number}
19 children played tennis, 34 children played cricket and 23 children played volleyball.
2 children played all three sports.
5 children played tennis and cricket.
10 children played tennis and volleyball.
By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of children who played
(i) Calculate the percentage profit Zara makes on each bottle she sells for $5.50 .
(ii) Zara sells 45 bottles at the full price then sells the rest with a 20% discount.
(iii) When the warehouse sells a pack of shampoo for $240 it makes a profit of 15%.
Calculate the price paid for the pack of shampoo by the warehouse.
(iv) Zara borrows $2500 from a bank to make improvements to her salon.
She is charged 4.5% per year simple interest.
She pays the money back after 3 years.
(b) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and pounds (£) is $1 = £0.64 .
The exchange rate between dollars ($) and euros (€) is $1 = €0.78 .
(ii) Complete the statement to show the exchange rate between pounds and euros.
Exchange rate
£1 = € ..................
[2]
A
C
24°
O
F
72°
D
E
(a) Find
(i) t ,
ADE
(ii) t ,
CED
(iii) t ,
CFD
(iv) t .
ABC
(ii) DE.
The numbers in opposite corners of the square are multiplied together and the difference
between the products is found.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12
9 × 14 − 8 × 15 = 126 − 120
13 14 15 16 17 18 =6
19 20 21 1
If n represents the number of the top left of the square, complete this square with
expressions for the other numbers.
n n+1
[1]
(ii) Use your answer to part (a)(i) to prove that the difference between the products of
the opposite corners is always 6.
[2]
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36
41 42 43
(i) Find and simplify an expression, in terms of n, for the sum of the numbers in the cross
below.
[2]
6 (a) A candle is in the shape of a cylinder of radius 1.6 cm and height 7.5 cm.
(ii) Six of these candles are packed into a box of height 7.5 cm as shown.
7.5
(b) The length of a rectangular photo is 17.8 cm, correct to the nearest millimetre.
The width of the photo is 12.7 cm, correct to the nearest millimetre.
(ii) Kate has a rectangular frame with length 18 cm and width 13 cm, both measured
correct to the nearest centimetre.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
x3
7 The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = - 3x + 1 .
2
Some corresponding values of x and y are given in the table below.
x −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3
y 3 3.5 1 −1.5 −1
(b) On the grid below, plot the points from the table and join them with a smooth curve.
y
6
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 x
–2
–4
[2]
© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14
15
x3
(c) Use your graph to solve the equation - 3x + 1 = 0 .
2
(d) By drawing a tangent, find the gradient of the curve at the point (−2, 3).
x3
(ii) The x-coordinate of point P is a solution of the equation + Cx + D = 0 .
2
Find C and D.
Answer C = .............................................
D = ............................................. [2]
Score (s) 0 1 s G 10 10 1 s G 20 20 1 s G 30 30 1 s G 40 40 1 s G 50 50 1 s G 60
Frequency 4 12 16 23 20 5
(b) (i) Complete the cumulative frequency table for their scores.
Score (s) s G 10 s G 20 s G 30 s G 40 s G 50 s G 60
Cumulative
4 80
frequency
[1]
(ii) On the grid below,
draw a horizontal s-axis for 0 G s G 60 using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 points
and a vertical axis from 0 to 80 using a scale of 2 cm to represent 20 students.
[3]
© UCLES 2014 4024/21/M/J/14
17
(c) Students who scored more than 40 points can enter the next round of the quiz.
Two of these students are selected at random.
Work out the probability that both students scored more than 50 points.
B
130 115°
A
X
164
1 -2
10 (a) p = c m q =c m
-3 0
(i) Find p .
(ii) On the unit grid below, draw and label the vector p − q.
[2]
It is given that r = ap + bq .
Answer a = ..............................................
b = .............................................. [2]
y
6
A
2
x
–6 –4 –2 0 2 4 6 8
B
–2
–4
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
Answer ......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
1 0
(ii) The transformation represented by the matrix c m maps triangle A onto triangle C.
0 2
(a) Find the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.
(b) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle C.
Answer ..............................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(a) Find, in terms of x, an expression for the time taken, in hours, for the first 100 km.
(b) Given that the journey takes a total of 2 hours 30 minutes, form an equation in x and
show that it simplifies to x 2 - 77x + 200 = 0 .
[4]
(c) Solve the equation x 2 - 77x + 200 = 0 , giving each answer correct to 2 decimal places.
(d) Which of the solutions in part (c) represents the speed for the first 100 km of Imran’s trip?
Give a reason for rejecting the other solution.
...................................................................................................................................................... [1]
(e) Find the difference between the times taken for the first and second parts of the journey.
Give your answer in minutes, correct to the nearest minute.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, highlighters, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NF/KN) 81755/1
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2
1 The scale drawing shows three airfields, A, B and C, with B due north of A.
The scale is 1 cm to 20 km.
North
(d) An aircraft is
• 90 km from B.
(i) By constructing suitable loci, mark on the diagram the two possible positions, P and Q,
of the aircraft. [3]
(ii) Given that the aircraft is east of the line AB, find, by measuring, its bearing from C.
6c 2 - d
2 (a) f=
4
(i) Find f when c = 8 and d =- 4 .
(b) Solve 17 - 5x G 2x + 3 .
(e) Solve 5x 2 + 6x - 13 = 0 .
(i) In one week she works for 32 hours and sells items with a value of £2450.
(ii) In another week, Mariam worked for 28 hours and earned a total of $409.60 .
(ii) Jack uses some of the $920 to pay for a holiday and a computer.
He saves the remainder.
The money is divided between the holiday, computer and savings in the ratio 4 : 5 : 7 .
Find, as a fraction in its lowest terms, the probability that the number on the ball is
(i) a multiple of 3,
(ii) prime.
+ 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 5 6 7 8 9
3
4
5
6
7
[1]
(a) odd,
5
A
35°
64
125° 80 D
C
B
F 65 E
6 (a) The first five terms of a sequence are 17, 11, 5, −1, −7.
(b) The nth term, Sn , of a different sequence is found using the formula Sn = n 2 + 3n .
(ii) The nth term, Tn , of another sequence is found using the formula Tn = 5n – 12 .
S
There are two values of n for which n = 6 .
Tn
Candidate D
Candidate A
144° 60°
Candidate B
Candidate C
Work out the total number of people who voted in the election.
(iii) How many more votes than candidate A did candidate C receive?
(b) The table summarises the ages of the members of a film club.
Age (a years) 15 G a 1 20 20 G a 1 30 30 G a 1 40 40 G a 1 60 60 G a 1 80
Frequency 12 36 45 33 24
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Age (a years)
[3]
(iii) Find an estimate for the number of members of the film club who are over 50.
8 (a) In this question you may use the grid below to help you.
J4N J 8N
The point P has position vector KK OO and the point Q has position vector KK OO .
2 -3
L P L P
(i) Find PQ.
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(ii) Find PQ .
(iv) Given that Q is the midpoint of the line PR, find the coordinates of R.
(b)
D
B
b
O C
a A
(a) AB,
(b) AC ,
(c) CD.
1 2
9 [Volume of a cone = rr h ]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = πrl]
15
The diagram shows a solid cone of height 15 cm and base radius 6 cm.
(a) Show that the slant height of the cone is 16.2 cm, correct to one decimal place.
[1]
(e) Another cone is made of the same material and is geometrically similar to the first.
The mass of the second cone is double the mass of the first.
10 Adil wants to fence off some land as an enclosure for his chickens.
The enclosure will be a rectangle with an area of 50 m2.
50 m2
x
Show that the total length of fencing, L m, required for the enclosure is given by
100
L = 2x + .
x
[2]
(b) The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of L, correct to one
100
decimal place where appropriate, for L = 2x + .
x
x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve. [3]
Use your graph to find the range of values of x that he can choose.
(e) (i) Find the minimum length of fencing Adil could use for the enclosure.
(ii) Find the length and width of the enclosure using this minimum length of fencing.
Give your answers correct to the nearest metre.
(f) Suggest a suitable length and width for an enclosure of area 100 m2, that uses the minimum
possible length of fencing.
A D
B C
[3]
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
t .
(iv) Work out ABE
(b) P and Q are points on the circle centre O with radius 4 cm.
t = 130° .
POQ
O
130°
4
(ii) Calculate the area of the major segment, shown unshaded in the diagram.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (KN/FD) 97063/3
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2
1 (a) The table shows some of the nutritional information for a 300 g tin of soup.
Carbohydrate 18 g
Fat 20.1 g
Fibre 0.6 g
Sodium 1.38 g
(c) During March there is a special promotion and the soup is on sale in tins containing 20% extra.
[2]
If he leaves London at 21 50 local time, what is the local time in Bangkok when he arrives?
(b) On his return journey, Hendrik leaves Bangkok at 07 45 local time and arrives back in London on
the same day at 13 40 local time.
(c) The graph opposite shows the exchange rate between British Pounds (£) and Thai Baht (THB) on
the day Hendrik arrives in Bangkok.
(i) Use the graph to estimate the cost in British Pounds of an item costing 13 000 THB.
Find k.
60 000
50 000
40 000
Thai Baht
(THB)
30 000
20 000
10 000
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
British Pounds (£)
(d) The cost of flights from London to Bangkok is shown in the table below.
For this cost, passengers are allowed to take luggage up to the weight shown.
Passengers taking more than this weight of luggage pay an excess charge at the rate shown.
Weight of luggage
Cost of flight Charge per extra 1 kg
included
Business Class £1932 30 kg £24
Calculate the total cost of Hendrik flying Economy Class from London to Bangkok with luggage
weighing 29 kg.
3 (a) (i) Complete the table and hence draw the graph of y = x 2 - 2x - 8 .
x –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 7 0 –5 –8 –9 –8 –5 0 7
y
20
15
10
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–5
–10
[3]
(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (3, –5) .
(c) The x-coordinates of the intersection of the line L and the curve y = x 2 - 2x - 8 are the
solutions of the equation x 2 + x - 9 = 0 .
4 (a) The histogram represents the distribution of the masses, in grams, of individual apples in a box.
5
Frequency
density
4
0
80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Mass (g)
Mass (m g) Frequency
80 < m G 90 5
90 < m G 95 8
95 < m G 100 p
Calculate p and q.
(b) The mass of each plum in a box is recorded correct to the nearest 5 grams.
(ii) Calculate the upper bound for the total mass of plums in the box.
5
B
122°
A C
14
t = 122° .
In triangle ABC, AC = 14 cm, BC = 8 cm and ACB
[4]
t .
(b) Calculate ABC
(c) A rhombus, BDEC, of area 52 cm2 and sides 8 cm is placed next to triangle ABC as shown in the
diagram.
122°
A
14 C D
6
f(x) = 2x – 7
BLANK PAGE
7 (a) Solve
4x
(i) =1,
3
(ii) 4y - 3 (2y + 1) = 5 .
(c)
The diagram shows the plan of a patio made from rectangular paving slabs.
The width of each paving slab is p cm.
The length of each paving slab is 20 cm longer than its width.
(i) Find an expression, in terms of p, for the area, in cm2, of one paving slab.
(ii) Given that the area of the patio is 12.25 m2, show that p satisfies the equation
p 2 + 20p - 3500 = 0 .
[2]
8 (a)
North
(a) Construct and shade the region in which C must lie. [2]
(iv) A boat, D, starts at the point 3.5 km due south of A and sails on a bearing of 075°.
Draw the path of D and state, with a reason, whether it is possible that D collides with C.
(b)
P
37°
Q S 5 R
Calculate
(i) PR,
9
y
6
2
A
1
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1
–2
B
–3
–4
–5
–6
(c) Write down the equation of the line of symmetry of octagon B that is parallel to the y-axis.
(e) Octagon B is mapped onto octagon D by an enlargement, scale factor 2 and centre (–3, –3).
(f) A mat is made from six identical octagons, each similar to octagon B, and two squares, as shown
in the sketch below.
The lengths of the short sides of the octagons are each 15 cm.
10 (a)
2x°
A
O
E
C
(b)
20
40°
8
Calculate
11 (a) One day, two brothers, Zac and Tom, leave their home at different times.
They meet at the library before going to the swimming pool.
The travel graph represents Zac’s journey to the swimming pool.
Swimming
pool
5
Library
3
Distance
from home
(km)
2
0
12 00 13 00 14 00 15 00 16 00
Time of day
(ii) Tom leaves their home at 12 30 and cycles to the library at 14 km/h.
Calculate the time Tom arrives at the library.
(iv) Zac stays at the swimming pool for an hour and a quarter.
He then walks home at a constant speed, arriving at 15 39 .
(b) A bag contains 5 red counters, 6 blue counters and 1 green counter.
Red
[2]
(iii) Simeon takes two counters at random from the bag of twelve counters.
He places them next to each other on a table.
Find the probability that the two counters are different colours.
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (CW/JG) 83229/2
© UCLES 2014 [Turn over
2
(b) The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and Indian rupees (R) is £1 = R87.21.
The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and Swiss francs (F) is £1 = F1.53.
(i) Mavis changed £750 into Indian rupees. How many rupees did she receive?
(ii) David changed F450 into pounds. How many pounds did he receive?
(iii) Brian changed R50 000 into Swiss francs. How many Swiss francs did he receive?
2 (a)
A C
67°
t .
(i) Find AED
............................................................................................................................................... [1]
Answer ........................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b)
P
X Y
Z
Q
R
[3]
3
p 4
11 3
5 –4 –1
7
spinner X spinner Y
In a game, when it is Mary’s turn, she spins each of these fair spinners once.
Mary’s score for the turn is worked out using the formula xm + yn, where x is the number on spinner X
and y is the number on spinner Y.
The possibility space diagram shows Mary’s possible scores.
x (number on spinner X )
5 7 11 p
y (number on spinner Y )
–4 37 47 67 97
–1 28 38 58 88
3 16 26 46 76
4 13 23 43 73
(a) Find the probability that Mary’s score is less than 15.
(b) Calculate the probability that on two consecutive turns, Mary scores less than 40 on one and more
than 75 on the other.
Answer m = ..........................................
n = ..................................... [2]
(d) Find p.
4 (a)
7
10
The diagram shows a solid triangular prism. The dimensions are in metres.
(b)
0.6
y B
A 2 A
0.6 h
y B 25° 25°
(i) When the prism has moved 2 m up the ramp, it has risen h metres vertically.
Calculate h.
Calculate y.
5
100
(a) Calculate d.
(b) Calculate the total area of the region inside the running track.
(c)
T
A
3
S
S is the starting point and finishing point for the 400 m race for a runner in the inside lane.
A runner in an outer lane is always 3 m from the inner perimeter.
The runner in the outer lane starts at A, runs 400 m and finishes at T.
TS = 3 m.
A B
[4]
7 (a)
B
A b E C
In the triangle ABC, D divides AB in the ratio 3 : 2, and E divides AC in the ratio 3 : 2 .
AD = a and AE = b.
[3]
(ii) Find the ratio Area of triangle ADE : Area of triangle ABC.
(b)
y
2
A
0 x
2 4 6 8 10
1 0
(iii) The transformation S2 is represented by the matrix c m.
1 1
Find the matrix that represents the combined transformation S2S1.
Answer f p [2]
Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle A.
Answer f p [2]
h
8 (a) T = 2π
g
(i) Find T when h = 125 and g = 981.
2x - 3 5 - x
(c) Solve the equation + = 0.
4 3
9 (a)
A
67°
B C
6
t = 67°.
In triangle ABC, AB = 4 m, BC = 6 m and ABC
(i) Show that the area of triangle ABC is 11.05 m2 correct to 2 decimal places.
[1]
(ii)
P
Q R
7
(iii)
W 8 X
2
Z Y
(b) AB, AC and CD are three rods. They can be fixed together in different positions.
12 M
A B
30°
9
C
12 M
A B
D
9 12.5
x –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
y 4 –1 –4 –5 –4 –1 4
[3]
(ii) y G 4 for a G x G b .
Find the least possible value of a and the greatest possible value of b.
Answer a .............................................
b ........................................ [2]
11 (a) 100 students were each asked how long they spent talking on their mobile phone during one day.
The results are summarised in the table.
Time
0 1 t G 10 10 1 t G 20 20 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 60 60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 100
(t minutes)
Frequency 10 30 12 16 20 12
2
Frequency
density
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time (t minutes)
[3]
Mass
m G 50 m G 100 m G 150 m G 200 m G 250 m G 300 m G 350
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 4 54 132 204 236 240
frequency
250
200
Cumulative
frequency
150
100
50
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Mass (m grams)
[2]
(ii) (a) Find the median.
Mass
50 1 m G 100 100 1 m G 150 150 1 m G 200 200 1 m G 250 250 1 m G 300 300 1 m G 350
(m grams)
Frequency 4
[1]
(iv) A potato with a mass greater than 250 grams is classed as extra large.
(b) Which percentile of the distribution can be used to find this number?
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NH/CGW) 100477/2
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2
Section A [52marks]
Answerallquestionsinthissection.
1 (a) Afurnituresalesmanearned$36200lastyear.
(i) Hehadtopay22%ofthisamountastax.
Howmuchwasleftafterpayingtax?
(ii) Hisearningsof$36200weremadeupof$25000basicsalaryplus8%ofthevalueofthe
furniturethathesold.
Calculatethevalueofthefurniturethathesold.
(iii) Heboughtabookcasefromtheshopwhereheworked.
Itsmarkedpricewas$1080butbecauseheworkedthere,heonlypaid$756.
Calculatethepercentagediscountonthemarkedpricethathehadbeengiven.
(b) George opened an account and invested a sum of money at 4.5% simple interest per year
for3years.Attheendofthe3yearsheclosedtheaccount,withdrawingatotalof$681.
CalculatetheamountthatGeorgeinvested.
Qisthepoint(–1,2),Risthepoint(3,10)andSisthepoint(–4,2).
[2]
FindthecoordinatesofP.
Answer (...................,...................)[1]
3 (a) (i)
D C
A B
IntrapeziumABCD,ABisparalleltoDC.DBandACarestraightlines.
[1]
(ii)
G
H
E K
F
Thediagramshowsthequadrilateral EHGK.
HF isparalleltoGKandEFK isastraightline.
[1]
(b)
S
P L
x° Q
y°
R
TwocirclesintersectatLandM.
R and P are on the circumference of one circle. S and Q are on the circumference of the other
circle.
PLQ andRLSarestraightlines.
t =x°andMLQ
PLR t = y°.
t =x°.
(i) Completetheproofthat SMQ
Statement Reason
t =SLQ
x°= PLR t .............................................................................................
t =SMQ
SLQ t =x° ............................................................................................. [2]
t =y°.
(ii) Provethat PRM
Statement Reason
[2]
(iii) Completethefollowingstatement,givingyourreasons.
Reasons......................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [3]
1 2 4
4 [The volume of a cone = πr h] [The volume of a sphere = πr3]
3 3
7.6
4.5
Asolidisformedbyjoiningaconeofradius4.5cmandheight7.6cmtoahemisphereofradius4.5cm
asshown.
(a) Calculatetheareaofthecirclewheretheyarejoined.
Answer .....................................cm2[2]
(b) Calculatethetotalvolumeofthesolid.
Answer .....................................cm3[2]
(c) Another solid of the same type is made by joining a cone of radius 5cm and height h cm to a
hemisphereofradius5cm.
Theconeandhemispherehaveequalvolumes.
Calculatetheheightofthecone.
5 C D
B
4 y° x°
A
7
11
F 4 E
IntheframeworkABCDEF,BCDisastraightline,andCAisparalleltoDF.
t , BDE
ABD t and DEF
t arerightangles.
AB=4m,DE=11mandEF=4m.
t =x°.
(a) FDE
[2]
t = y°.
(b) BAC
Statingyourreasons,explainwhy y=x.
[1]
(c) CalculateAC.
CalculatetheareaofACDF.
Answer .......................................m2[4]
(c) Solvethesesimultaneousequations.
4x–3y=4
4y–3x=–6.5
Answer x = ......................................
y=...................................... [4]
Section B[48marks]
Answerfourquestionsinthissection.
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
8 sin 54°
7 (a) (i) Evaluate .
sin 18°
Answer ............................................ [1]
(b)
B
x
A 60°
16
2x + 3
t =60°.
InthetriangleABC,BC = 16cm and BAC
AB =xcm and AC=2x+3cm.
[4]
Answer x=.............................or.............................[3]
(iii) HencewritedownthelengthsofABandAC.
(iv) FindtheareaoftriangleABC.
Answer .....................................cm2[2]
8 ThediagramshowsasectorAOBofacirclewithcentreOandradius9.3cm.
Theangleofthesectoris260°.
A B
(a) (i) CalculatethelengthofthemajorarcAB.
9.3
O
260°
(ii) CalculatetheareaofthemajorsectorAOB.
Answer .....................................cm2[2]
A B
D C A,B
Diagram I 0.8
O
D,C
Diagram II
ThecircumferenceofthetopoftheconicalfunnelisthemajorarcAB,andthecircumferenceof
thebottomoftheconicalfunnelisthemajorarcCD.
(i) Calculatetheexternalsurfaceareaofthispartofthefunnel.
(ii) Thefunneliscompletedbyattachinganopencylinderofheight5cm
tothebottomoftheconicalpart.
(a) Showthattheradiusofthecylinderis0.578cm,
correctto3significantfigures.
[2]
(b) Calculatetheexternalcurvedsurfaceareaofthiscylinder.
Answer .....................................cm2[2]
(c) Calculatethevolumeofthiscylinder.
Answer .....................................cm3[2]
9 f(x)= x 3
(a) Completethefollowingtable.
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
f(x)
[1]
Answer
[2]
[2]
Answer x =............or............or............[2]
10 Onedayafarmercollected300eggsfromhischickens.
Thetablebelowshowsthedistributionofthemassesoftheeggs.
Mass
42<m G 46 46<m G 48 48<m G 50 50<m G 54 54<m G 58 58<m G 66
(m grams)
Frequency 60 40 48 72 56 24
Calculatetheprobabilitythatthemassofthiseggisnotgreaterthan48grams.
(ii) Aneggischosenatrandomfromthe300eggs.
Anothereggischosenatrandomfromthosethatremain.
Calculatetheprobabilitythatthemassofoneeggisatmost46grams,andthemassofthe
otherismorethan58grams.
(b) Calculateanestimateofthemeanmassofanegg.
Mass
m G 42 m G 46 m G 48 m G 50 m G 54 m G 58 m G 66
(m grams)
Cumulative
0 60 300
Frequency
[1]
(ii) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetoillustratethisinformation.
300
250
200
Cumulative
frequency
150
100
50
0
40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Mass (m grams)
[2]
(ii) Useyourgraphtofindtheinterquartilerange.
a-b
E c D
H
a
A
(i) Find FH .
[2]
4 1
(iii) Itisgiventhat c = a + b .
5 5
(a) Express DC intermsofaandb.
(b) Find AF : DC .
(b) y
A
4
B A
–4 C 0 B 4 8 x
C
–4
(a) DescribefullythetransformationT.
Answer........................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) ThematrixMrepresentsthetransformationT.
FindthematrixM.
J N
K O
Answer K OO [2]
K
L P
(ii) Triangle AlBlC l ismappedontotriangle AmB mC m byareflectioninthey-axis.
Statetheangleofrotation.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (CW/FD) 97070/2
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2
4x - 1 3x + 5
1 (a) Simplify + .
3 2
(b)
y
10
6 J
2
K
1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
(iii) Draw a line, L, through (6, 1) such that the area enclosed between J, K and L is 6 cm2.
[1]
Find the coordinates of the point where line N crosses the y-axis.
30
25
20
Speed (m/s) 15
10
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Time (seconds)
(b) Circle the statement that describes the train’s motion 350 seconds after it left the first station.
(c) Calculate the acceleration of the train during the first 150 seconds of its journey.
(d) What was the speed of the train 20 seconds before it completed its journey?
(e) How far did the train travel during the first 200 seconds?
(f) Calculate the average speed of the train in kilometres per hour during the first 200 seconds.
3 (a) In a survey, 50 students were asked how long they spent exercising during one particular week.
The results are summarised in the table.
(i) Calculate an estimate of the mean time each student spent exercising that week.
(ii) During that week, the time Simon spent exercising is shown below.
Weights
Running
[1]
4 (a)
A
72°
B
25°
C
E
Find
(i) t ,
EBC
(ii) t ,
CXB
(iii) t ,
EDC
(iv) t .
ACD
(b)
40°
8
D
26° 6.5
30°
A
11 C
(c) Find the percentage of triangle ABC that has been shaded.
(b) Dan goes to a bank to exchange some pounds (£) for euros (€).
He has £400 which he wants to exchange.
The bank only gives euros in multiples of 5 euros.
The exchange rate is £1 = €1.17 .
Find the number of euros he receives and his change from £400 .
7 (a)
2x + 7
f (x) =
3
(i) Find f -1(x) .
(b) (i) Complete the table of values for y = 6 + x - x 2 , and hence draw the graph of
y = 6 + x - x 2 on the grid opposite.
x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
y -6 0 6 6 0 -6
y
7
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 x
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
–7 [3]
(iii) By drawing the line x + y = 4 , find the approximate solutions to the equation
2 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .
North
141°
A
15
(c) When the boat is due east of B, calculate its distance from A.
(d) The scale drawing, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 2 km, shows A, B and a third port, C.
North
(i) When the boat has travelled 24 km, it stops at the point X.
Shade the region in which this second boat must lie. [3]
(iii) The point Y is the position of the second boat when it is as far as possible from X.
Mark and label Y on the diagram and hence find the maximum possible distance between the
two boats.
(i) 4x 3 - 10xy ,
(ii) 9a 2 - b 2 .
(c)
23
h
A right-angled triangle has a base that is 7 cm longer than its height, h cm.
The hypotenuse of the triangle is 23 cm.
[2]
© UCLES 2015 4024/22/M/J/15
17
(ii) Write down an expression, in terms of h, for the area of the triangle.
10 (a)
y
6
5
A
4
3
B
2
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
J- 2N
(ii) Triangle B is mapped onto triangle C by a translation, vector K O .
L- 3P
Draw and label triangle C. [2]
(iv) Triangle E is geometrically similar to triangle A and its longest side is 12 cm.
(b)
(d) Name two special quadrilaterals that have exactly 2 lines of symmetry and also rotational
symmetry of order 2.
11 (a) Some people were asked which continent they visited on their last holiday.
The results are shown in the table below.
(i) Find the probability that one of these people, chosen at random, visited North America.
(ii) Find the probability that one of these people, chosen at random, did not go to Asia.
Give your answer as a fraction in its lowest terms.
(b) What is the probability that the two people went to the same continent?
NA
.......
.......
NA E
....... A
.......
NA
.......
15
30 .......
E E
....... A
8
NA
30 .......
A .......
E
....... A
(b) The table shows the distribution of the total cost per person for holidays in 2014 for another
group of people.
Frequency 35 20 15 8 6
0.14
0.12
0.10
0.08
Frequency
density
0.06
0.04
0.02
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Total cost ($)
[3]
(ii) Estimate the number of people who spent less than $700 on holidays in 2014.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NH/FD) 110304/3
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2
Section A [52marks]
Answerallquestionsinthissection.
1 (a) Timinvests$2500inabankpayingsimpleinterestat2.3%peryear.
Whatisthetotalamountofmoneyinthebankattheendof4years?
(b)
Chrisbuysthetabletusingthefinanceoffer.
Howmuchmoredoeshepaythanifhehadpaid$750forit?
(c) Lavinbuyssomesweets,pensandpaperatherlocalshop.
Theshopisoffering20%discountonallitems.
Thisisherreceipt.
Itemsandprices Cost($)
0.3kgofsweetsat$15.50perkg w
6pensat$xperpen 4.50
Paper z
Totalbeforediscount y
Totalafterdiscount 32.40
Findthemissingvaluesw,x,yandz.
Answer w=.....................................
x=......................................
y=......................................
z=...................................... [5]
2 (a) ABCDEisapentagonwithonelineofsymmetry. A
BC=DE=10cm,DC=30cmand BCD t = CDE t = 90° .
TheshortestdistancebetweenA andDCis22cm.
E B
10 10
D 30 C
(i) CalculateAB.
65°
Q R
Find
(i) 2A –B,
Answer f p [2]
(ii) B–1.
Answer f p [2]
(b) ThematrixCsatisfiesthefollowingequation.
3C+4 e o=C
-2 1
0 3
FindC.
Answer f p [2]
(c) Theresasellsraspberriesandblackcurrants.
Thefirstmatrixshowsthenumberofkilogramsofeachfruitshesellsduringthreedifferentweeks.
Thesecondmatrixshowsthepriceperkilogram,incents,ofthefruitTheresasells.
f p
Week1 3 2 650 raspberries
f p
Week2 1.5 3 580 blackcurrants
Week3 2 2.5
FindD.
Answer [2]
(ii) ExplainthemeaningoftheinformationgivenbymatrixD.
Answer.................................................................................................................................. [1]
(iii) Findthetotalamount,indollars,thatTheresagetsforthefruitshesells.
Answer
A
B C
[1]
(b) Usesetnotationtodescribethesubsetshadedinthediagram.
D
E F
(c) ={1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}
P={x:xisanoddnumber}
Q={x:xisasquarenumber}
Answer
P Q
[2]
(ii) Staten(Ql ).
(iii) Anumber,m,ischosenatrandomfrom.
Findtheprobabilitythatmisamemberof P + Q l .
Answer
y
7
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
[3]
Findthegradientof MN.
(i) Findaandb.
(ii) Calculate PQ .
(b) OACBisaparallelogram. A C
OA = a, OB = b andDisthepointsuchthat2OB = BD .
EisthemidpointofCD.
a E
F
D
O b B
Answer .....................:....................[2]
Section B [48marks]
Answerfour questionsinthissection.
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
7 (a)
Theshadedtriangle,drawnonthegrid,ispartofaquadrilateralwithonelineofsymmetry.
Theareaofthequadrilateralistwicetheareaofthetriangle.
Giventhatthelineofsymmetryisnotvertical,completethequadrilateral. [1]
(b)
Theshadedtriangle,drawnonthegrid,ispartofashapewhoseareais4timestheshadedareaand
hasrotationalsymmetryoforder4aboutM.
Completetheshape. [2]
(c)
y
8
4
A
3
1
B
–4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
–1
–2
ThediagramshowstriangleAandtriangleB.
(i) TriangleAismappedontotriangleCbythetranslationPwithvector e o.
3
-1
DrawandlabeltriangleC. [2]
(ii) TriangleAismappedontotriangleBbyareflectionQ.
Writedowntheequationofthelineofthisreflection.
(iii) TriangleCismappedontotriangleDbyreflectionQ.
DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleBontotriangleD.
RQ(A)=E.
(a) FindthecoordinatesoftheverticesoftriangleE.
(b) DescribefullythesingletransformationthatmapstriangleAontotriangleE.
Answer ...............................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) FindthematrixwhichrepresentsthetransformationthatmapstriangleAontotriangleE.
Answer [1]
l h
Thediagramshowsasolidconewithradiusrcm,heighthcmandslantheightlcm.
Sulemanmakessomesolidcones.
Theslantheightofeachofhisconesis4cmmorethanitsradius.
Use π = 3 throughout this question.
[2]
r 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
A 0 18 144 210 288
[1]
(d) Findanexpressionforhintermsofr.
300
250
200
150
100
50
0 r
1 2 3 4 5 6
(e) TheheightofoneofSuleman’sconesis12cm.
Calculateitsradius.
(f) AnotherofSuleman’sconeshasasurfaceareaof200cm2.
(i) Useyourgraphtofindtheradiusofthiscone.
(ii) Thisconeisplacedinaboxofheightpcm,wherepisaninteger.
Findthesmallestpossiblevalueofp.
9 Thecumulativefrequencygraphforthelengthsofthe50tracksonAbi’sMP3playerisshownbelow.
50
40
Cumulative
frequency
30
20
10
0
2:30 3:00 3:30 4:00 4:30 5:00 5:30 6:00
Length of track (minutes : seconds)
(a) Usethegraphtofind
(i) themedian,
(ii) theinterquartilerange.
(b) Usetheinformationonthegraphtocompletethefrequencytableforthelengthofthetracks.
Length(minutes:seconds) Frequency
2:301lengthG3:00 3
3:001lengthG3:30 5
3:301lengthG4:00
4:001lengthG4:30
4:301lengthG5:00
5:001lengthG5:30
5:301lengthG6:00
[2]
© UCLES 2015 4024/21/O/N/15
15
(c) AbiplaysthreetracksfromherMP3playerwithnobreakbetweenthem.
Giventhatnotrackisrepeated,whatisthemaximumpossiblelengthoftimetakentoplaythese
tracks?
(d) AbitravelsonatrainfromstationAtostationF.
TheexacttimesthetrainarrivesatandleavesstationsAtoFareshownbelow.
Station A B C D E F
Arrive – 1003 1006 1011 1015 1021
Depart 0958 1004 1007 1012 1016 –
(i) Howmanyminutesdidherjourneytake?
(ii) AbistartsplayingtracksatrandomfromherMP3playerassheleavesstationA.
WhatistheprobabilitythatthefirsttrackisstillplayingwhenshearrivesatstationB?
(e) AbiplaystwodifferenttracksatrandomfromherMP3player.
Whatistheprobabilitythatneithertrackislongerthan3minutes30seconds?
10 (a)
x
A B
D C
15
ABCDisatrapeziumwithABparalleltoDC.
DC=15cmandAB=xcm.
TheperpendiculardistancebetweenABandDCis3cmlessthanthelengthofAB.
TheareaofABCDis75cm2.
[2]
(ii) FindAB,givingyouranswercorrectto1decimalplace.
(iii) ADis0.8cmlongerthanBC.
Giventhattheperimeterofthetrapeziumis38.0cm,calculateAD.
(b) Anothertrapezium,LMNO,hasLMparalleltoON.
ThereflexangleLMN=252°. O N
t .
(i) CalculateMNO
L M
Findk, givingyouranswerasafractioninitssimplestform.
11 (a)
4
50° 20
Thediagramshowsasolidtriangularprism.
Alllengthsaregivenincentimetres.
(i) Calculatetheareaofthecross-sectionoftheprism.
Answer .....................................cm2[2]
(ii) Calculatethevolumeoftheprism.
Answer .....................................cm3[1]
(iii) Calculatethetotalsurfaceareaoftheprism.
Answer .....................................cm2[5]
(b) Acylinderhasaheightof70cmandavolumeof0.1m3.
Calculatetheradiusofthecylinder,givingyouranswerincentimetres.
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (AC/FD) 100478/4
© UCLES 2015 [Turn over
2
(b) The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and dollars is £1 = $1.87 .
The rate of exchange between pounds (£) and euros (€) is £1 = € x .
Rose changed $850 and received €550 .
Calculate x.
2 A is the point (8, 7), B is the point (–2, 11) and C is the point (1, 7).
3 (a)
34° 6 C
A
O
3
E
D
[1]
t .
(ii) Find COD
(b)
Q S R
t .
In the diagram, PS is the bisector of QPR
QPT and QSR are straight lines.
RT is parallel to SP.
[2]
12
5
Q S R
8.5
PQ QS
It is given that = .
PR SR
Find SR.
4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
(a)
A spoon used for measuring in cookery consists of a hemispherical bowl and a handle.
The internal volume of the hemispherical bowl is 20 cm3.
The handle is of length 5 cm.
(ii) The hemispherical bowl of a geometrically similar spoon has an internal volume of 50 cm3.
E A G C
Calculate AC.
(b) The wire EF makes an angle of 25° with the horizontal and is of length 30 m.
Calculate AF .
(c) AH = 35 m.
The wire HG makes an angle of 30º with the mast AB.
Calculate HG.
7 5
6 (a) (i) Solve the equation ` x + j = ! .
2 2
Give both answers correct to 2 decimal places.
7 5
(ii) The solutions of ` x + j = ! are also the solutions of x 2 + Bx + C = 0 ,
2 2
where B and C are integers.
Find B and C.
3a + 4b = –13
5a + 6b = –11
Answer a = ...................................
b = ................................... [4]
7
D
12
x B
A θ°
2x – 5
C 4 E
[2]
[3]
© UCLES 2015 4024/22/O/N/15
15
(c) (i) Solve the equation 2x 2 - 19x + 6 = 0 , giving your answers correct to 2 decimal places.
(ii) State, with a reason, which of these solutions does not apply to triangle ABC.
(b) The sector OAB from part (a) is the cross-section of a slice of cheese.
O 6 A
The slice has a height of 5 cm. 25°
(i) Calculate the volume of this slice of cheese. 6
B
5
(iii) Another 25° slice of cheese has 3 times the height and twice the radius.
(c) A dairy produces cylindrical cheeses, each with a volume of 800 cm3. r
The height h cm and the radius r cm can vary. h
9 The distance, d metres, of a moving object from an observer after t minutes is given by
48
d = t2 + - 20 .
t
d 29 14 8 5 5 6 8 11 15 24
(b) On the grid, plot the points given in the table and join them with a smooth curve.
40
30
Distance
(d metres)
20
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Time (t minutes)
[2]
(c) (i) By drawing a tangent, calculate the gradient of the curve when t = 4.
(d) For how long is the object less than 10 metres from the observer?
(e) (i) Using your graph, write down the two values of t when the object is 12 metres from the
observer.
For each value of t, state whether the object is moving towards or away from the observer.
(ii) Write down the equation that gives the values of t when the object is 12 metres from the
observer.
Find A.
10 The length of time taken by 80 drivers to complete a particular journey is summarised in the table
below.
Time
60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 90 90 1 t G 95 95 1 t G 100 100 1 t G 110 110 1 t G 130
(t minutes)
Number of
4 10 14 20 24 8
drivers
(a) Using a scale of 2 cm to represent 10 minutes, draw a horizontal axis for times from 60 minutes to
130 minutes.
Choose a suitable scale for the vertical axis and draw a histogram to represent this information.
[3]
(c) Calculate an estimate of the mean time taken to complete the journey.
Calculate the probability that this driver took 95 minutes or less for the journey.
(i) Calculate the probability that both took more than 100 minutes for the journey.
(ii) Calculate the probability that one took 80 minutes or less and the other took more than
110 minutes.
11 (a)
B G C
E D
H
A
ABCDE is a pentagon.
AFB, AHE and BGC are straight lines.
J6N
(i) AE = K O .
L1P
Calculate AE .
J 2 N
(ii) H is the midpoint of AE, and FH = K O.
L- 3.5P
Find AF .
Answer [2]
[1]
(b) y
4
A
x
–8 –4 0 4 8
–4
J- 3N
(i) Flag A is mapped onto flag T by the translation K O .
L- 6P
Draw, and label, flag T. [1]
(ii) Describe fully the enlargement that will map flag A onto flag B.
(iii) Find the centre of the rotation that will map flag A onto flag C.
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (KN/SG) 115632/3
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
Section A[52marks]
Answerallquestionsinthissection.
1 Ashopkeeperbuyssomeplatesfromamanufacturerfor$12each.
(a) Themanufacturermakesaprofitof60%.
Calculatethecostofmanufacturingeachplate.
(b) Theshopkeepersellseachplatefor$17.40.
Calculatethepercentageprofitmadebytheshopkeeper.
(c) Inasale,eachplateisreducedfrom$17.40to$11.31.
Calculatethepercentagediscountgiven.
(d) Theshopkeeperbuys100platesat$12each.
Hesells60platesat$17.40eachandxplatesat$11.31each.
Theshopkeepermakesaprofitofatleast10%.
Findtheleastpossiblevalueofx.
p-1
2 (a) Solvetheequation = 5.
7-p
q2 - q3
(c) Simplify .
3 - 3q
3 Thetablebelowisfor y = x 2 + x - 3.
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
y 3 –1 –3 –3 –1 3
(a) Usingascaleof2cmto1unitonthex-axisfor - 3 G x G 2
andascaleof1cmto1unitonthey-axisfor - 4 G y G 4 ,
plotthepointsfromthetableandjointhemwithasmoothcurve.
y
[2]
(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 5 = 0 .
(i) Findtheequationofthisstraightline.
(ii) Drawthisstraightlineandhencesolve x 2 - x - 1 = 0 .
4
A
N M
B C
L
ANB,BLCandCMAarestraightlines.NMisparalleltoBCand LNisparalleltoCA.
(a) ProvethattriangleANMissimilartotriangleNBL.
Giveareasonforeachstatementyoumake.
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) AN:NB=2:3
(i) FindNM:BC.
(ii) FindareaANM:areaNBL.
5 (a)
31
C B
115
ABisverticalandCBishorizontal.
AB=31mandCB=115m.
CalculatetheangleofdepressionofCfromA.
(b)
L J
354
1100
JandKaretwopositionsatsea.
ThebaseofalighthouseisatL.
JisdueEastofLandKisdueSouthofL.
KL=354mandKJ=1100m.
t .
(i) Calculate LJK
(ii) HencefindthebearingofKfromJ.
J4 - 1N J2 0N
6 A= K O B = K O
L1 3 P L7 - 5P
(a) Evaluate2A–B.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
2 L P
(b) FindA .
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(c) FindB–1.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(d) A+Z=A
FindZ.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(e) M+2I=B,whereIisthe2 # 2 identitymatrix.
FindM.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
Section B[48marks]
Answerfourquestionsinthissection.
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
7 (a) ACisadiameterofthecircle,centreO,radius5cm.
t =64°.
ACB B
Calculatethelengthoftheminorarc BC.
64°
A C
5 O
(b)
16.5
rim
15.5
Abakingtrayisanopencylinderofradius15.5cmwitharim.
Theouteredgeoftherimisacircleofradius16.5cm.
(i) Calculatetheareaofthetopsurfaceoftherim.
Answer ....................................cm2[2]
(ii) 44identicalcircularholesarecutoutofthebottomofthebakingtray.
Theareaofthebottomthatremainsis650cm2.
Calculatetheradiusofeachcircularhole.
(iii)
d mm
15.5 cm
Tomakeapizza,thebakingtrayiscompletelyfilledwithdoughtoadepthofdmm.
Theopencylinderholds500cm3ofdough.
Calculatethedepthofthedough,dmm,givingyouranswercorrecttothenearestmillimetre.
8 - 5q
8 (a) p=
q
(i) Findpwhenq=2.6.
(ii) Expressqintermsofp.
(b)
x–2
H x+3
Trapezium A h Trapezium B
x x
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumAarexcmand^x - 2hcm.
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumBarexcmand^x + 3hcm.
TheheightoftrapeziumAisHcmandtheheightoftrapeziumBishcm.
Theareaofeachtrapeziumis15cm2.
15 30
(i) Showthat H = andh = .
x-1 2x + 3
[2]
(ii) Findanexpressionintermsofxforthedifferenceinheight,H–h,betweentrapeziumAand
75
trapeziumB,andshowthatitsimplifiesto .
^x - 1h^2x + 3h
[3]
(iii) Thedifferenceinheightis1.5cm.
(a) Showthat 2x 2 + x - 53 = 0 .
[2]
(b) Findx,givingyouranswercorrectto2decimalplaces.
9 (a)
D
5
2
F C
A
E
15°
B
ABCDrepresentstherectangularslopingsurfaceofatriangularprism.
ABEFisahorizontalrectangle.CEandDFarevertical.
t =15°,DC=5mandAD=2m.
CBE
(i) CalculateAC.
(ii) CalculateCE.
t .
(iii) Calculate FAE
(b) (i)
θ°
9 6
10
Atrianglehassidesof10cm,9cmand6cm,andanangleofθ °,asshowninthediagram.
Calculateθ.
(ii) ThetriangleKGHhassidesofacm,bcmandccm G
asshowninthediagram. a b
t isanobtuseangle.
Itisgiventhat KGH
K c H
Completethestatementbelowusingoneofthesymbols1 G = H 2.
10 100electriclightbulbsofBrandAweretestedtofindhowlongeachbulblasted.
Theresultsaresummarisedinthetablebelow.
Time
(thours) tG50 501 tG100 1001tG150 1501tG200 2001tG250 2501tG300 3001tG350
Number
2 2 10 40 30 14 2
ofbulbs
(a) Completethecumulativefrequencytable.
Time
(thours) tG50 tG100 tG150 tG200 tG250 tG300 tG350
Cumulative
2 4 100
frequency
[1]
(b) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresentthisinformation.
LabelthiscurveBrandA.
100
80
Cumulative
frequency
60
40
20
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Time (t hours)
[2]
(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatetheinterquartilerange.
(d) 100BrandBbulbsgavethefollowingresults.
4bulbslasted50hoursorless.
Thelongesttimeanybulblastedwas300hours.
Themedianis250hours.
Theupperquartileis275hours.
Theinterquartilerangeis75hours.
Onthegrid,drawandlabelthecumulativefrequencycurvefortheBrandBbulbs. [4]
(e) Usingyourgraph,estimatethenumberofBrandAbulbsthatlasted275hoursorless.
(f) Completethestatementbelow.
Brand............had............morebulbsthatlastedlongerthan275hoursthanBrand.............. [1]
11 (a) TriangleABChasverticesA(2,2),B(3,5)andC(4,1).
Triangle AlBlC l hasvertices Al (–4,4), Bl (–3,7)andC l (–2,3).
WritedownthecolumnvectorofthetranslationthatmapstriangleABContotriangle AlBlC l .
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(b) PQRSisaparallelogram.
J- 4N
ThepositionvectorofPrelativetoOisgivenbyOP = K O .
L 2P Q
J4N
ThepositionvectorofQrelativetoOisgivenbyOQ= K O .
L6P
P
R
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
KK OO
(ii) Find RS . L P
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
(iii) Find RS . L P
Answer ...................................units[2]
(c)
y
10
0 x
0 5 10 15
ThediagramshowstriangleD.
(i) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor2,mapstriangleDontotriangleE.
DrawandlabeltriangleE. [2]
(ii) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor0.5,mapstriangleDontotriangleF.
DrawandlabeltriangleF. [1]
(iii) TriangleGhasvertices(5,4),(4,3)and(3,5).
TriangleFcanbemappedontotriangleGusingasingleenlargement.
TriangleFcanalsobemappedontotriangleGusingadifferent singletransformationT.
DescribefullythesingletransformationT.
Answer.......................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [3]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NF/SW) 115721/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Each year the Reds play the Blues in a baseball match.
In 2014, there were 40 500 tickets sold for the match.
In 2015, the number of tickets sold was 2.4% more than in 2014.
(b) In 2015, the cost per ticket for the match was $68.25.
The cost per ticket for the match increased by 5% from 2014 to 2015.
(c) Calculate the percentage increase, from 2014 to 2015, in the total money taken for the match.
J2N J 4N J- 1N
2 (a) JK = K O KL = K O LM = K O
L5P L- 2P L 3P
(i) Find JM .
Answer [1]
(ii) Calculate KL .
(b)
O a
A E
b
C
B
(a) AD,
(b) EB.
(ii) Find EB : AD .
(a) Find
(b) Steven says that the mode is the average that best represents the data.
Calculate the probability that both of them have just one child.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
Frequency
Number of children
[2]
(e) Steven shows Frank the paper on which he recorded the data from his survey.
Part of the paper has been torn.
1 4 2 2 3
0 1 0 3 2
2 0 4 1
3 1 0
0 2 2
B
[2]
t .
(ii) Measure BAC
(c)
125°
p° 3p°
q°
The diagram shows a hexagon with two parallel sides and one horizontal line of symmetry.
(i) Calculate p .
(ii) Calculate q .
(d)
P Q
A B
D C S R
Given that BC = x cm, find an expression, in terms of x, for the area of PQRS.
2x
[2]
(iii) Find the difference between the length and the width of the rectangle.
(a) B + C ,
(b) ^A , B , Ch ' ,
(c) A + B' .
(i) 2X + Y ,
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(ii) Y –1 .
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
7 One day, garage A records the amount of petrol bought by the first 120 customers.
The results are summarised in the table below.
Petrol
0 < k 10 10 < k 20 20 < k 30 30 < k 40 40 < k 50 50 < k 60 60 < k 70 70 < k 80
(k litres)
Number of
9 13 36 30 16 9 5 2
customers
Petrol
k 10 k 20 k 30 k 40 k 50 k 60 k 70 k 80
(k litres)
Cumulative
9 22 120
frequency
[1]
(b) On the grid below, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data.
120
110
100
90
80
Cumulative
frequency
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Petrol (k litres)
[3]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
11
(d) On the same day, garage B also recorded the amount of petrol bought by its first 120 customers.
Draw the cumulative frequency curve for garage B on the grid on the previous page. [3]
Use your graphs to estimate the number of these customers offered a gift at each garage and
complete the sentence below.
Show your working.
Answer Garage ............. offers a gift to .............. more customers than garage .............. [3]
1 x
8 The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = #2 .
4
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 1 1 2 4 8
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 x
[2]
(c) By drawing a suitable line, find the gradient of your graph where x = 4.
2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .
[1]
1 x
(ii) On the grid, draw the line l, parallel to PQ, that touches the curve y = #2 . [1]
4
9 (a)
A
30
C
(b) A different wind turbine, shown in the diagram on the next page, has the centre of its blades, F,
75 m from the base of the turbine, D.
Point E is on sloping ground, 180 m from F and 130 m from D.
75
180
D
130
(c) P is the point on a blade which is furthest from the centre of the blades.
Each blade is 30 m long.
(i) Calculate the distance travelled by P as the blade completes one revolution.
(iii) A point Q lies on the straight line between P and the centre of the blades.
Q travels 90 m as the blade completes one revolution.
Calculate PQ.
y
6
4
B
3
1
A
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6x
–1
D
–2
–3
C
–4
–5
–6
Find a and b.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
17
(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [3]
(e) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation which maps triangle D onto triangle A.
Answer [1]
(i) The point (g, h) is mapped onto the point P by the transformation X.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
1 2
11 [ Volume of a cone = πr h ]
3
(a)
3.5 r
20
Solid I
Solid I is a cylinder with a small cylinder removed from its centre, as shown in the diagram.
The height of each cylinder is 20 cm and the radius of the small cylinder is r cm.
The radius of the large cylinder is 3.5 cm greater than the radius of the small cylinder.
The volume of Solid I is 3000 cm3.
(i) Calculate r.
Solid II
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (ST/SW) 123265/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
(i) Afzal pays the $1995 with a deposit of $399 and 12 equal monthly payments.
(iii) The price of the television in 2016 is 5% more than the price in 2015.
(c) A company paid a quarter of a million dollars for an advertisement that lasted 38 seconds.
Calculate the cost, correct to the nearest hundred dollars, for each second of the advertisement.
(d) The programme showed an athlete running 100 metres, measured correct to the nearest metre.
The time the athlete took was 11.3 seconds, measured correct to the nearest 0.1 second.
4 3
(d) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2t + 1 3t + 1
4(2 – n) 2 17 and
n 2 -6.
3
D C
a°
A P B
(i) PB̂Q
(ii) AP̂D
ˆ
(iii) DAP
(iv) AD̂P
4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
[The surface area of a sphere is 4rr 2 ]
0.8
1.5
3.8
(a) Calculate the surface area of the inside of the hemispherical bowl.
(b) Calculate the total volume of material used to make the bowl and the base.
5
O
A B
120° 1.8
C
P Q
(b) The shaded region lies between the circle and the radii OP and OQ.
(c) (i) Show that the radius of the semicircle is 5.4 cm.
[2]
6
T
D C
8
A B 5
9
H G
5
8
E 9 F
(b) The roof is formed by four triangles, ABT, BCT, CDT and DAT.
1
(c) [The volume of a pyramid is # area of base # perpendicular height]
3
Calculate the total volume of the building.
7
D
North
27
48° A
55°
19
C 51°
Calculate the time, correct to the nearest minute, the boat takes to travel from D to X.
3 x
8 y= #2
5
The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to one decimal place
where necessary.
(a) Calculate p.
(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .
(d) (i) On the same grid, draw the straight line that passes through (-0.4, 0) and (2, 3.6).
[1]
(iii) Write down the x-coordinates of the points where the line intersects the curve.
2 x = Ax + B .
(b) On Tuesday, the price per box decreased by 10% and the number of boxes sold increased by 30%.
(c) On Wednesday, the price of a box was y cents less than it was on Monday.
Abdul sold 4y more boxes on Wednesday than he did on Monday.
(i) Write down an expression, in terms of y, for the income received on Wednesday.
Give your answer in dollars.
(ii) Given that this income is equal to $40, write down an equation in y and show that it
simplifies to
y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .
[2]
10 (a) The times taken by 135 runners to complete a cross-country course were recorded.
The results are summarised in the table.
Time (t minutes) 20 1 t G 30 30 1 t G 35 35 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 50 50 1 t G 70
Number of runners 15 30 40 35 15
Frequency
density
20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (t minutes)
[3]
3 red
5
8
19 blue
12 red
19
2
5 blue
7
19 blue
(ii) Calculate the probability that the two beads are different colours.
Calculate the probability that, of the two chosen beads, neither has a yellow spot.
11 (a)
B
C
J- 6N J 12N
In the diagram, AB = K O , AC = K O .
L 11P L- 5P
(i) Find AC .
J0N
(ii) D is the point such that AD = K O , where k 2 0.
LkP
BD is parallel to AC.
J 6 N
(a) Show that BD = K O.
Lk - 11P
[1]
(b) Find k.
(b)
y
2
B A
1
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
J1 3N
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a transformation represented by the matrix K O.
L0 1P
(a) Calculate the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.
(b) Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (ST/SW) 123266/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
Calculate the total amount that Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.
(c) $21 000 represented an increase of 5% on the basic price of the 2015 model.
Calculate the difference between the basic prices of the 2015 and 2016 models.
3a 2 9a
2 (a) Simplify ' .
10bc 5b 2 c
(c) Factorise 9m 2 - 4n 2 .
(d) Factorise q ( p - 2 ) + 3 (2 - p ) .
Find B and C.
x 2
3 (a) Complete the table of values for y= (x - 10) .
20
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 -0.45 -0.6 -0.15 1.2
[1]
x 2
(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on both axes, draw the graph of y = (x - 10) for 0 G x G 5.
20
0
x
[2]
(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .
x 2
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation (x - 10) = 0 for 0 G x G 5.
20
4 (a)
C
41°
27°
A D
T
C
P
A B
D
In the diagram, A and B are the centres of two circles that touch at P.
The line ACT touches the small circle at T and intersects the large circle at C.
D is the point on AB such that CD̂A = 90°.
(a) Complete the following, to show that triangle ACD is similar to triangle ABT.
Because the three pairs of angles are equal, the triangles are similar. [2]
(b) Given that the radii of the circles are 7 cm and 3 cm, calculate CD.
J2 0N J 1 2N
6 A=K O B=K O
L3 1P L- 1 3P
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
(b) Find AB.
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
JxN J 8 N
(c) A K O = K O
L2P L2yP
Find x and y.
(d) Find B -1 .
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
7 (a) x = a2 + b2
(b)
B C
Q R
A x D P x+5 S
[3]
8 (a) P and Q are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O, radius R cm.
The minor arc PQ = 20 cm and PÔQ = 48°.
48° R
[3]
(iii) The minor sector POQ is removed from the circle and the remaining major sector is shaped to
form an open cone of radius r cm.
P Q
r
48° R
Calculate r.
(b) [The curved surface area of a cone is πrl, where l is the slant height]
9
A North
65
58° B
110
70
70°
D
C
(c) There are two vertical trees, AX and CY, each of height 17 m, one at each end of the path AC.
10 (a)
B
D
6b
C
O A
3a
(iii) BD = 5a - b .
(b)
y
5
A
–5 0 5 x
–5
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the shear H in which the y-axis is invariant, and
H(2, 1) = (2, 3).
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P
11 (a) Six hundred candidates took a mathematics examination which consisted of two papers.
Each paper was marked out of 100.
The diagram shows, on the same grid, the cumulative frequency curves for Paper 1 and Paper 2.
600
500 Paper 2
Paper 1
400
Cumulative
frequency
300
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Marks
(i) Use the cumulative frequency curve for Paper 1 to find an estimate of
(iii) State, with a reason, which you think was the more difficult paper.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Amira has three $1 coins and two 20c coins in her purse.
She picks out coins at random, one after the other.
The coins are not replaced.
The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities when picking out two coins.
3 $1
5
2
4 20c
3 $1
4
2
5 20c
1
4 20c
(i) Find x.
(ii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is 40 cents.
(iii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is $1.20 .
Find the probability that the total value of the three coins is $1.40 .
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (KN/SG) 115632/3
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
Section A[52marks]
Answerallquestionsinthissection.
1 Ashopkeeperbuyssomeplatesfromamanufacturerfor$12each.
(a) Themanufacturermakesaprofitof60%.
Calculatethecostofmanufacturingeachplate.
(b) Theshopkeepersellseachplatefor$17.40.
Calculatethepercentageprofitmadebytheshopkeeper.
(c) Inasale,eachplateisreducedfrom$17.40to$11.31.
Calculatethepercentagediscountgiven.
(d) Theshopkeeperbuys100platesat$12each.
Hesells60platesat$17.40eachandxplatesat$11.31each.
Theshopkeepermakesaprofitofatleast10%.
Findtheleastpossiblevalueofx.
p-1
2 (a) Solvetheequation = 5.
7-p
q2 - q3
(c) Simplify .
3 - 3q
3 Thetablebelowisfor y = x 2 + x - 3.
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2
y 3 –1 –3 –3 –1 3
(a) Usingascaleof2cmto1unitonthex-axisfor - 3 G x G 2
andascaleof1cmto1unitonthey-axisfor - 4 G y G 4 ,
plotthepointsfromthetableandjointhemwithasmoothcurve.
y
[2]
(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatethesolutionsoftheequation x 2 + x - 5 = 0 .
(i) Findtheequationofthisstraightline.
(ii) Drawthisstraightlineandhencesolve x 2 - x - 1 = 0 .
4
A
N M
B C
L
ANB,BLCandCMAarestraightlines.NMisparalleltoBCand LNisparalleltoCA.
(a) ProvethattriangleANMissimilartotriangleNBL.
Giveareasonforeachstatementyoumake.
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................... [3]
(b) AN:NB=2:3
(i) FindNM:BC.
(ii) FindareaANM:areaNBL.
5 (a)
31
C B
115
ABisverticalandCBishorizontal.
AB=31mandCB=115m.
CalculatetheangleofdepressionofCfromA.
(b)
L J
354
1100
JandKaretwopositionsatsea.
ThebaseofalighthouseisatL.
JisdueEastofLandKisdueSouthofL.
KL=354mandKJ=1100m.
t .
(i) Calculate LJK
(ii) HencefindthebearingofKfromJ.
J4 - 1N J2 0N
6 A= K O B = K O
L1 3 P L7 - 5P
(a) Evaluate2A–B.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
2 L P
(b) FindA .
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(c) FindB–1.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(d) A+Z=A
FindZ.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(e) M+2I=B,whereIisthe2 # 2 identitymatrix.
FindM.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
Section B[48marks]
Answerfourquestionsinthissection.
Eachquestioninthissectioncarries12marks.
7 (a) ACisadiameterofthecircle,centreO,radius5cm.
t =64°.
ACB B
Calculatethelengthoftheminorarc BC.
64°
A C
5 O
(b)
16.5
rim
15.5
Abakingtrayisanopencylinderofradius15.5cmwitharim.
Theouteredgeoftherimisacircleofradius16.5cm.
(i) Calculatetheareaofthetopsurfaceoftherim.
Answer ....................................cm2[2]
(ii) 44identicalcircularholesarecutoutofthebottomofthebakingtray.
Theareaofthebottomthatremainsis650cm2.
Calculatetheradiusofeachcircularhole.
(iii)
d mm
15.5 cm
Tomakeapizza,thebakingtrayiscompletelyfilledwithdoughtoadepthofdmm.
Theopencylinderholds500cm3ofdough.
Calculatethedepthofthedough,dmm,givingyouranswercorrecttothenearestmillimetre.
8 - 5q
8 (a) p=
q
(i) Findpwhenq=2.6.
(ii) Expressqintermsofp.
(b)
x–2
H x+3
Trapezium A h Trapezium B
x x
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumAarexcmand^x - 2hcm.
ThelengthsoftheparallelsidesoftrapeziumBarexcmand^x + 3hcm.
TheheightoftrapeziumAisHcmandtheheightoftrapeziumBishcm.
Theareaofeachtrapeziumis15cm2.
15 30
(i) Showthat H = andh = .
x-1 2x + 3
[2]
(ii) Findanexpressionintermsofxforthedifferenceinheight,H–h,betweentrapeziumAand
75
trapeziumB,andshowthatitsimplifiesto .
^x - 1h^2x + 3h
[3]
(iii) Thedifferenceinheightis1.5cm.
(a) Showthat 2x 2 + x - 53 = 0 .
[2]
(b) Findx,givingyouranswercorrectto2decimalplaces.
9 (a)
D
5
2
F C
A
E
15°
B
ABCDrepresentstherectangularslopingsurfaceofatriangularprism.
ABEFisahorizontalrectangle.CEandDFarevertical.
t =15°,DC=5mandAD=2m.
CBE
(i) CalculateAC.
(ii) CalculateCE.
t .
(iii) Calculate FAE
(b) (i)
θ°
9 6
10
Atrianglehassidesof10cm,9cmand6cm,andanangleofθ °,asshowninthediagram.
Calculateθ.
(ii) ThetriangleKGHhassidesofacm,bcmandccm G
asshowninthediagram. a b
t isanobtuseangle.
Itisgiventhat KGH
K c H
Completethestatementbelowusingoneofthesymbols1 G = H 2.
10 100electriclightbulbsofBrandAweretestedtofindhowlongeachbulblasted.
Theresultsaresummarisedinthetablebelow.
Time
(thours) tG50 501 tG100 1001tG150 1501tG200 2001tG250 2501tG300 3001tG350
Number
2 2 10 40 30 14 2
ofbulbs
(a) Completethecumulativefrequencytable.
Time
(thours) tG50 tG100 tG150 tG200 tG250 tG300 tG350
Cumulative
2 4 100
frequency
[1]
(b) Onthegrid,drawasmoothcumulativefrequencycurvetorepresentthisinformation.
LabelthiscurveBrandA.
100
80
Cumulative
frequency
60
40
20
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
Time (t hours)
[2]
(ii) Useyourgraphtoestimatetheinterquartilerange.
(d) 100BrandBbulbsgavethefollowingresults.
4bulbslasted50hoursorless.
Thelongesttimeanybulblastedwas300hours.
Themedianis250hours.
Theupperquartileis275hours.
Theinterquartilerangeis75hours.
Onthegrid,drawandlabelthecumulativefrequencycurvefortheBrandBbulbs. [4]
(e) Usingyourgraph,estimatethenumberofBrandAbulbsthatlasted275hoursorless.
(f) Completethestatementbelow.
Brand............had............morebulbsthatlastedlongerthan275hoursthanBrand.............. [1]
11 (a) TriangleABChasverticesA(2,2),B(3,5)andC(4,1).
Triangle AlBlC l hasvertices Al (–4,4), Bl (–3,7)andC l (–2,3).
WritedownthecolumnvectorofthetranslationthatmapstriangleABContotriangle AlBlC l .
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
L P
(b) PQRSisaparallelogram.
J- 4N
ThepositionvectorofPrelativetoOisgivenbyOP = K O .
L 2P Q
J4N
ThepositionvectorofQrelativetoOisgivenbyOQ= K O .
L6P
P
R
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
KK OO
(ii) Find RS . L P
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
KK OO
(iii) Find RS . L P
Answer ...................................units[2]
(c)
y
10
0 x
0 5 10 15
ThediagramshowstriangleD.
(i) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor2,mapstriangleDontotriangleE.
DrawandlabeltriangleE. [2]
(ii) Anenlargementwithcentre(5,4),scalefactor0.5,mapstriangleDontotriangleF.
DrawandlabeltriangleF. [1]
(iii) TriangleGhasvertices(5,4),(4,3)and(3,5).
TriangleFcanbemappedontotriangleGusingasingleenlargement.
TriangleFcanalsobemappedontotriangleGusingadifferent singletransformationT.
DescribefullythesingletransformationT.
Answer.......................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [3]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every reasonable
effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the publisher will
be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use a pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NF/SW) 115721/2
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Each year the Reds play the Blues in a baseball match.
In 2014, there were 40 500 tickets sold for the match.
In 2015, the number of tickets sold was 2.4% more than in 2014.
(b) In 2015, the cost per ticket for the match was $68.25.
The cost per ticket for the match increased by 5% from 2014 to 2015.
(c) Calculate the percentage increase, from 2014 to 2015, in the total money taken for the match.
J2N J 4N J- 1N
2 (a) JK = K O KL = K O LM = K O
L5P L- 2P L 3P
(i) Find JM .
Answer [1]
(ii) Calculate KL .
(b)
O a
A E
b
C
B
(a) AD,
(b) EB.
(ii) Find EB : AD .
(a) Find
(b) Steven says that the mode is the average that best represents the data.
Calculate the probability that both of them have just one child.
Give your answer as a fraction in its simplest form.
Frequency
Number of children
[2]
(e) Steven shows Frank the paper on which he recorded the data from his survey.
Part of the paper has been torn.
1 4 2 2 3
0 1 0 3 2
2 0 4 1
3 1 0
0 2 2
B
[2]
t .
(ii) Measure BAC
(c)
125°
p° 3p°
q°
The diagram shows a hexagon with two parallel sides and one horizontal line of symmetry.
(i) Calculate p .
(ii) Calculate q .
(d)
P Q
A B
D C S R
Given that BC = x cm, find an expression, in terms of x, for the area of PQRS.
2x
[2]
(iii) Find the difference between the length and the width of the rectangle.
(a) B + C ,
(b) ^A , B , Ch ' ,
(c) A + B' .
(i) 2X + Y ,
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(ii) Y –1 .
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
7 One day, garage A records the amount of petrol bought by the first 120 customers.
The results are summarised in the table below.
Petrol
0 < k 10 10 < k 20 20 < k 30 30 < k 40 40 < k 50 50 < k 60 60 < k 70 70 < k 80
(k litres)
Number of
9 13 36 30 16 9 5 2
customers
Petrol
k 10 k 20 k 30 k 40 k 50 k 60 k 70 k 80
(k litres)
Cumulative
9 22 120
frequency
[1]
(b) On the grid below, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data.
120
110
100
90
80
Cumulative
frequency
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Petrol (k litres)
[3]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
11
(d) On the same day, garage B also recorded the amount of petrol bought by its first 120 customers.
Draw the cumulative frequency curve for garage B on the grid on the previous page. [3]
Use your graphs to estimate the number of these customers offered a gift at each garage and
complete the sentence below.
Show your working.
Answer Garage ............. offers a gift to .............. more customers than garage .............. [3]
1 x
8 The table below shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y for y = #2 .
4
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 1 1 2 4 8
4
0 1 2 3 4 5 x
[2]
(c) By drawing a suitable line, find the gradient of your graph where x = 4.
2x + 8x − 24 = 0 .
[1]
1 x
(ii) On the grid, draw the line l, parallel to PQ, that touches the curve y = #2 . [1]
4
9 (a)
A
30
C
(b) A different wind turbine, shown in the diagram on the next page, has the centre of its blades, F,
75 m from the base of the turbine, D.
Point E is on sloping ground, 180 m from F and 130 m from D.
75
180
D
130
(c) P is the point on a blade which is furthest from the centre of the blades.
Each blade is 30 m long.
(i) Calculate the distance travelled by P as the blade completes one revolution.
(iii) A point Q lies on the straight line between P and the centre of the blades.
Q travels 90 m as the blade completes one revolution.
Calculate PQ.
y
6
4
B
3
1
A
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6x
–1
D
–2
–3
C
–4
–5
–6
Find a and b.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [1]
L P
(c) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
© UCLES 2016 4024/22/M/J/16
17
(d) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle D.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [3]
(e) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation which maps triangle D onto triangle A.
Answer [1]
(i) The point (g, h) is mapped onto the point P by the transformation X.
Answer .............................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................... [2]
1 2
11 [ Volume of a cone = πr h ]
3
(a)
3.5 r
20
Solid I
Solid I is a cylinder with a small cylinder removed from its centre, as shown in the diagram.
The height of each cylinder is 20 cm and the radius of the small cylinder is r cm.
The radius of the large cylinder is 3.5 cm greater than the radius of the small cylinder.
The volume of Solid I is 3000 cm3.
(i) Calculate r.
Solid II
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (ST/SW) 123265/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
(i) Afzal pays the $1995 with a deposit of $399 and 12 equal monthly payments.
(iii) The price of the television in 2016 is 5% more than the price in 2015.
(c) A company paid a quarter of a million dollars for an advertisement that lasted 38 seconds.
Calculate the cost, correct to the nearest hundred dollars, for each second of the advertisement.
(d) The programme showed an athlete running 100 metres, measured correct to the nearest metre.
The time the athlete took was 11.3 seconds, measured correct to the nearest 0.1 second.
4 3
(d) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2t + 1 3t + 1
4(2 – n) 2 17 and
n 2 -6.
3
D C
a°
A P B
(i) PB̂Q
(ii) AP̂D
ˆ
(iii) DAP
(iv) AD̂P
4 3
4 [The volume of a sphere is rr ]
3
[The surface area of a sphere is 4rr 2 ]
0.8
1.5
3.8
(a) Calculate the surface area of the inside of the hemispherical bowl.
(b) Calculate the total volume of material used to make the bowl and the base.
5
O
A B
120° 1.8
C
P Q
(b) The shaded region lies between the circle and the radii OP and OQ.
(c) (i) Show that the radius of the semicircle is 5.4 cm.
[2]
6
T
D C
8
A B 5
9
H G
5
8
E 9 F
(b) The roof is formed by four triangles, ABT, BCT, CDT and DAT.
1
(c) [The volume of a pyramid is # area of base # perpendicular height]
3
Calculate the total volume of the building.
7
D
North
27
48° A
55°
19
C 51°
Calculate the time, correct to the nearest minute, the boat takes to travel from D to X.
3 x
8 y= #2
5
The table shows some values of x and the corresponding values of y, correct to one decimal place
where necessary.
(a) Calculate p.
(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .
(d) (i) On the same grid, draw the straight line that passes through (-0.4, 0) and (2, 3.6).
[1]
(iii) Write down the x-coordinates of the points where the line intersects the curve.
2 x = Ax + B .
(b) On Tuesday, the price per box decreased by 10% and the number of boxes sold increased by 30%.
(c) On Wednesday, the price of a box was y cents less than it was on Monday.
Abdul sold 4y more boxes on Wednesday than he did on Monday.
(i) Write down an expression, in terms of y, for the income received on Wednesday.
Give your answer in dollars.
(ii) Given that this income is equal to $40, write down an equation in y and show that it
simplifies to
y 2 + 5y - 50 = 0 .
[2]
10 (a) The times taken by 135 runners to complete a cross-country course were recorded.
The results are summarised in the table.
Time (t minutes) 20 1 t G 30 30 1 t G 35 35 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 50 50 1 t G 70
Number of runners 15 30 40 35 15
Frequency
density
20 30 40 50 60 70
Time (t minutes)
[3]
3 red
5
8
19 blue
12 red
19
2
5 blue
7
19 blue
(ii) Calculate the probability that the two beads are different colours.
Calculate the probability that, of the two chosen beads, neither has a yellow spot.
11 (a)
B
C
J- 6N J 12N
In the diagram, AB = K O , AC = K O .
L 11P L- 5P
(i) Find AC .
J0N
(ii) D is the point such that AD = K O , where k 2 0.
LkP
BD is parallel to AC.
J 6 N
(a) Show that BD = K O.
Lk - 11P
[1]
(b) Find k.
(b)
y
2
B A
1
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 x
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
J1 3N
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by a transformation represented by the matrix K O.
L0 1P
(a) Calculate the coordinates of the vertices of triangle C.
(b) Find the matrix which represents the transformation that maps triangle B onto triangle C.
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (ST/SW) 123266/4
© UCLES 2016 [Turn over
2
Calculate the total amount that Sayeed pays as a percentage of the basic price.
(c) $21 000 represented an increase of 5% on the basic price of the 2015 model.
Calculate the difference between the basic prices of the 2015 and 2016 models.
3a 2 9a
2 (a) Simplify ' .
10bc 5b 2 c
(c) Factorise 9m 2 - 4n 2 .
(d) Factorise q ( p - 2 ) + 3 (2 - p ) .
Find B and C.
x 2
3 (a) Complete the table of values for y= (x - 10) .
20
x 0 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 -0.45 -0.6 -0.15 1.2
[1]
x 2
(b) Using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on both axes, draw the graph of y = (x - 10) for 0 G x G 5.
20
0
x
[2]
(c) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at the point where x = 2.5 .
x 2
(d) Use your graph to solve the equation (x - 10) = 0 for 0 G x G 5.
20
4 (a)
C
41°
27°
A D
T
C
P
A B
D
In the diagram, A and B are the centres of two circles that touch at P.
The line ACT touches the small circle at T and intersects the large circle at C.
D is the point on AB such that CD̂A = 90°.
(a) Complete the following, to show that triangle ACD is similar to triangle ABT.
Because the three pairs of angles are equal, the triangles are similar. [2]
(b) Given that the radii of the circles are 7 cm and 3 cm, calculate CD.
J2 0N J 1 2N
6 A=K O B=K O
L3 1P L- 1 3P
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
(b) Find AB.
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
JxN J 8 N
(c) A K O = K O
L2P L2yP
Find x and y.
(d) Find B -1 .
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
7 (a) x = a2 + b2
(b)
B C
Q R
A x D P x+5 S
[3]
8 (a) P and Q are points on the circumference of a circle, centre O, radius R cm.
The minor arc PQ = 20 cm and PÔQ = 48°.
48° R
[3]
(iii) The minor sector POQ is removed from the circle and the remaining major sector is shaped to
form an open cone of radius r cm.
P Q
r
48° R
Calculate r.
(b) [The curved surface area of a cone is πrl, where l is the slant height]
9
A North
65
58° B
110
70
70°
D
C
(c) There are two vertical trees, AX and CY, each of height 17 m, one at each end of the path AC.
10 (a)
B
D
6b
C
O A
3a
(iii) BD = 5a - b .
(b)
y
5
A
–5 0 5 x
–5
(i) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle A onto triangle B.
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by the shear H in which the y-axis is invariant, and
H(2, 1) = (2, 3).
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P
11 (a) Six hundred candidates took a mathematics examination which consisted of two papers.
Each paper was marked out of 100.
The diagram shows, on the same grid, the cumulative frequency curves for Paper 1 and Paper 2.
600
500 Paper 2
Paper 1
400
Cumulative
frequency
300
200
100
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Marks
(i) Use the cumulative frequency curve for Paper 1 to find an estimate of
(iii) State, with a reason, which you think was the more difficult paper.
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
(b) Amira has three $1 coins and two 20c coins in her purse.
She picks out coins at random, one after the other.
The coins are not replaced.
The tree diagram shows the possible outcomes and their probabilities when picking out two coins.
3 $1
5
2
4 20c
3 $1
4
2
5 20c
1
4 20c
(i) Find x.
(ii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is 40 cents.
(iii) Find the probability that the total value of the two coins picked out is $1.20 .
Find the probability that the total value of the three coins is $1.40 .
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NH/FC) 136392/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2
(a) Write the ratio of cars to vans to trucks in its simplest form.
Answer c = .....................................
v = .....................................
t = ...................................... [2]
(b) In 2016, Amira used her income of $36 720 in the following way.
3
Humanities: Geography (G) Science: Physics (P)
History (H) Chemistry (C)
Religious studies (R) Biology (B)
A student has to choose one humanities subject and two different science subjects.
G P and C
G P and B
[2]
(iii) Find the probability that he chooses both Religious studies and Chemistry.
J2 0 NO J2 -1N
4 K
A =K O B = KK OO
L4 -1P L6 -1 P
(a) Calculate
(i) BA,
Answer [2]
(ii) B–1.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(b) Given that A + 2C = 3B , find C.
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
x –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
y –19 –3 1 –1 –3 1
18
16
14
12
10
x
–3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3
–2
–4
–6
–8
–10
–12
–14
–16
–18
–20
[3]
© UCLES 2017 4024/21/M/J/17
7
(d) Use your graph to estimate the gradient of the curve when x = -1.5 .
(ii) The line y = 4x + 3 and the curve y = x 3 - 3x - 1 can be used to solve the equation
x 3 = ax + b .
6 (a)
15
D B North
12
A 8 C
(b)
North
North
T
S
The diagram shows the position of a clock tower, T, and a statue, S, drawn to a scale of 1 cm to 75 m.
(i) Using measurements taken from the diagram, find the actual distance between T and S.
(iii) Using measurements taken from the diagram, find the bearing of F from S.
^ p + 1h ^ p - 3h
(c) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
2 4
The table below shows some of the information for the number of tiles in pattern n.
Pattern n 1 2 3 4 5
Number of grey tiles 10 14 18
Number of white tiles 10 28 54
Total number of tiles 20 42 72 110 156
(c) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of grey tiles in pattern n.
Find x.
(e) By considering the number of tiles along the outer edges of each pattern,
show that the total number of tiles in pattern n is 4n 2 + 10n + 6 .
[2]
(f) Hence find an expression, in terms of n, for the number of white tiles in pattern n.
(g) In pattern p, the total number of tiles is equal to 8 times the number of grey tiles.
Find p.
(b)
A
115º 18
7
B
16
28º
C
D 11
ABCDE is a pentagon.
AB = 18 cm, BC = 16 cm, CD = 11 cm and EA = 7 cm.
t = 115° and BDC
EAB t = 28° .
[3]
Given that the area of triangle BDE is 109 cm2, calculate the obtuse angle DEB.
10 (a)
A
2yº
120º
O
xº yº B
D
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
t .
(ii) Find DAB
(b)
O
120º r+4
A B
Sector OAB has radius (r + 4) cm and its area is the same as the area of a circle of radius r cm.
[3]
(ii) Calculate r.
11 80 people were each asked how much they spent on clothes last month.
The results are summarised in the table below.
(a) Calculate an estimate of the mean amount spent on clothes last month.
Amount
c G 20 c G 40 c G 60 c G 80 c G 100 c G 120 c G 140 c G 160
spent ($ c)
Cumulative
3 11 80
frequency
[1]
(c) On the grid opposite, draw a cumulative frequency curve to represent this data. [2]
80
70
60
50
Cumulative frequency
40
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Amount spent ($ c)
(e) The number of people who spent more than $85 last month is the same as the number of people
who spent between $k and $85.
Given that k is less than 85, use your graph to estimate the value of k.
12 (a)
A
ABC is a triangle.
B and D are points on opposite sides of the line AC.
DA = 9 cm and CD = 7 cm.
(b)
P
(i) Give a reason why it is not possible for P, Q, R and S to be points on the circumference of a
circle.
Answer ....................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [1]
(a) Construct and shade the region within which T lies. [4]
BLANK PAGE
BLANK PAGE
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (LK/FC) 157824/2
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2
1 (a)
FLIGHTS TO SYDNEY
INSURANCE COVER FOR UP TO 20 DAYS
Cost per person: $1199
Cost per adult: $40 and Cost per child: $30
ACCOMMODATION OR
Cost per adult per night: $55 Cost for family (2 adults and up to 4 children): $155
Cost per child per night: $40
A family of 2 adults and 3 children travel to Sydney for a holiday lasting 14 nights.
Calculate the lowest total cost of the flight, accommodation and insurance for their holiday.
(b)
BONUS CARS VALUE CARS
$42 per day for any mileage $20 per day and $0.50 per mile
The family hires a car for 14 days and estimates their total mileage will be 750 miles.
Which company charges less for this hire and by how much?
2 The table below shows the population, given to the nearest thousand, of some countries.
(a) In 2015, how much larger was the population of Pakistan than the population of South Korea?
(b) Which country had the smallest increase in population between 2014 and 2015?
(d) Find the percentage increase in population of Pakistan from 2014 to 2015.
Given that the increase in population from 2014 to 2015 was 1.68%, calculate the population of
Cambodia in 2014.
× 1 2 3 4
1 1 2 3 4
2 2 4
(d) Phoebe says that Rowena’s score is more likely to be a square number than a factor of 6.
Is she correct?
Show your working.
Answer
[2]
J 3 2NO J 5 3N J- 2N
4 K
A =K O B = KK OO C = KK OO
L- 4 - 2P L- 2 1 P L 1P
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [2]
L P
(b) Calculate BC.
Answer [2]
J N
K O
Answer KK OO [3]
L P
1 2
5 (a) Express as a single fraction, as simply as possible, + .
2x 5x
(d)
y
1
x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
6
P Q
12
38º
(b) S is a point such that angle PRS is a right angle and QS = 10 cm.
The table shows the number of crosses and circles in each pattern.
(c) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the total number of crosses and circles in pattern n.
1 2 1
(e) Show that the number of circles in pattern n is n - n.
2 2
[1]
Find m.
8
A
9
11
E
15.1
B
6
4
D C
Show that y = 20 + 8x - x 2 .
[2]
(c) On the same grid, draw a suitable line to find the value of Manuel’s number, y, when it is the same
as the random number, x.
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
0 x
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(d) Jolene multiplies the random number, x, by 5 and then adds 2 to give her number, z.
Calculate the possible values of x when Manuel’s number, y, and Jolene’s number, z, are the same.
10
North
(b)
F
11 (a) The table below summarises the times taken by 50 athletes to run 400 m.
Time (t seconds) 50 G t 1 55 55 G t 1 60 60 G t 1 65 65 G t 1 70 70 G t 1 75
Frequency 7 16 15 11 1
(iii) Calculate the probability that an athlete chosen at random took less than 60 seconds to run
the 400 m.
(b) The cumulative frequency curve summarises the times taken by 80 boys to run 200 m.
80
70
60
Cumulative 50
frequency
40
30
20
10
0
25 30 35 40 45
Time (seconds)
The girl who took the longest time ran 200 m in 40 seconds.
The girl who took the shortest time ran 200 m in 28 seconds.
The lower quartile for the boys and the girls is the same.
The interquartile range for the girls is 4 seconds.
12
O
72º
10
B
A
(c)
O
72º
10
B
A
Answer
[4]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (CW/AR) 136659/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2
1 (a) (i) Jasmine earns $12.50 for each hour she works.
She works for 38 hours each week.
She is given a pay increase of 6%.
Calculate the total amount Jasmine earns each week after the pay increase.
(b) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and pounds (£) is $1 = £0.65 .
The exchange rate between euros (€) and pounds is €1 = £0.74 .
2 Sunil recorded the lengths, in minutes, of the 150 phone calls he made one month.
His results are summarised in the table.
Frequency
density
0
0 10 20 30 40 50
Length of call (t minutes)
[3]
(c) Find an estimate for the percentage of Sunil’s calls that were longer than 25 minutes.
3
B North
25
A 220°
38
[3]
(a) Adam takes a ball at random from the bag and replaces it.
(b) Adam takes a ball from the 9 balls in the bag, notes the number and replaces it.
He then takes a second ball from the bag, notes the number and replaces it.
(i) Work out the probability that both numbers are odd.
(ii) Work out the probability that one number is odd and the other is even.
(c) Adam now takes two balls from the 9 balls in the bag, without replacement.
Work out the probability that the two numbers are either both odd or both even.
y 2
5 (a) Solve = .
2y + 3 y + 5
6 (a)
B C
68°
52° F D
t .
(i) Find ACB
t = ........................................... [1]
Answer ACB
t = ........................................... [1]
Answer CDE
t .
(iv) Find BCD
t = ........................................... [2]
Answer BCD
(b)
124°
3x°
2x°
x° 2x°
(c)
y°
57°
65° 131°
The angles in the quadrilateral are given correct to the nearest degree.
7 (a) (i) The points (4, -3) and (0, 5) lie on the line L.
(ii) The line M is parallel to line L and passes through the point (-2, 3).
x 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6
[3]
(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (1, 1).
1 2
8 [Volume of a cone = rr h]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = rrl ]
4 3
[Volume of a sphere = rr ]
3
[Surface area of a sphere = 4rr2]
18
The diagram shows solid A which is made from a hemisphere joined to a cone of equal radius.
The hemisphere and the cone each have radius 6 cm.
The total height of the solid is 18 cm.
(a) Show that the slant height, x cm, of the cone is 13.4 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.
[2]
How long will it take the same pump to add 1750 litres of water to a pond?
(i) Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the number of minutes the small
pump takes to fill the empty tank.
(ii) It takes 15 minutes longer to fill the empty tank using the small pump than it
does with the large pump.
[3]
(iv) Find the length of time the large pump takes to fill the empty tank.
Give your answer in minutes and seconds, correct to the nearest second.
y
10
2
A
1
0 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a rotation of 180° about point (2, -1).
(iii) Write down the matrix that represents the transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle A.
J N
K O
Answer K O [1]
K O
L P
(iv) Describe fully the single transformation that maps triangle C onto triangle B.
....................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [3]
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
(ii) T is the point on SR such that ST : TR = 1 : 3. L P
Find PT .
J N
K O
Answer K O [2]
K O
L P
11
A B
D P Q C
ABCD is a rectangle.
P and Q are points on DC.
AQ and BP intersect at R.
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................. [3]
(b)
A 9 B
55°
35°
5
D P Q C
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
Section A
Answer all questions.
Section B
Answer any four questions.
If working is needed for any question it must be shown in the space below that question.
Omission of essential working will result in loss of marks.
You are expected to use an electronic calculator to evaluate explicit numerical expressions.
If the degree of accuracy is not specified in the question, and if the answer is not exact, give the answer to
three significant figures. Give answers in degrees to one decimal place.
For π, use either your calculator value or 3.142, unless the question requires the answer in terms of π.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total of the marks for this paper is 100.
DC (CW/AR) 136654/1
© UCLES 2017 [Turn over
2
Option A Option B
1
Pay of the cash price Pay 12% of the cash price
5
then then
12 monthly payments of $340 24 monthly payments of $195
(b) Sara’s car uses 5.2 litres of petrol for each 100 km she drives.
Petrol costs $0.85 per litre.
Sara drives 240 km.
2 A company asked their employees how long they took to travel to work one day.
The table summarises the times for 120 employees.
Time
(t minutes) 0 1 t G 20 20 1 t G 40 40 1 t G 60 60 1 t G 80 80 1 t G 100
Frequency 12 28 45 22 13
Time
(t minutes) tG0 t G 20 t G 40 t G 60 t G 80 t G 100
Cumulative
0 120
frequency
[1]
(ii) On the grid, draw a smooth cumulative frequency curve to represent these results.
120
100
80
Cumulative
frequency
60
40
20
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Time (t minutes)
[2]
(c) Calculate an estimate of the mean time taken for the employees to travel to work.
Answer N = [1]
Answer P = [2]
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [1]
(c) The shopkeeper sells all sizes of men’s T-shirts at $10 each.
He sells all sizes of women’s T-shirts at $9.50 each.
He sells all of these T-shirts.
J10 25 30N
(i) Work out (10 9.50) KK OO .
L20 40 25P
(ii) Work out the percentage profit the shopkeeper makes when he sells all of the
T-shirts.
y
10
2
A
1
0 x
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
–1
–2
–3
–4
–5
–6
J 7N
(i) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle B by a translation of KK OO .
L- 5P
Draw and label triangle B on the grid. [2]
(ii) Triangle A is mapped onto triangle C by an enlargement scale factor -2, centre (-1, 2).
y
10
2
P
1
–2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x
J3 0N
The stretch S is represented by the matrix KK OO .
L0 1 P
Triangle P is mapped onto triangle Q by the stretch S.
[2]
....................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
4 5
5 (a) Express as a single fraction in its simplest form - .
x-2 x+1
(c) Anil and Yasmin buy some pens and notebooks from the same shop.
[1]
(ii) Solve the simultaneous equations to find the cost of a pen and the cost of
a notebook.
A = {x : x is an odd number}
B = {x : x is a multiple of 5}
(ii) Find A′ , B.
(b) In a survey, 40 people were asked what they had read that day.
(i) By drawing a Venn diagram, or otherwise, find the number of people who had
read both a book and a newspaper.
(ii) Two of the 10 people who had read a book are selected at random.
Work out the probability that they had both read a book and a newspaper.
x2
7 (a) The variables x and y are connected by the equation y = 3 + x - .
2
Some corresponding values of x and y are given in the table below.
x -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4 5
y -1 1.5 3 3.5 3 1.5 -1
[3]
(iii) By drawing a tangent, estimate the gradient of the curve at (3, 1.5).
x2
(iv) The points of intersection of the graph of y = 3 + x - and the line y = k are
2
the solutions of the equation 10 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .
(b) By drawing the line y = k on your graph, find the solutions of the equation
10 + 2x - x 2 = 0 .
(2, 36)
(0, 4)
x
O
8
A
B
E
O
F
D y°
X
(i) t
GEO
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
(ii) t
GCX
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
(iii) t
DAB
............................................................................................................................................... [2]
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................................. [2]
O
4.5 110°
A B
Work out the time the car takes to travel through the tunnel.
Give your answer in minutes and seconds.
(d) The diagram shows the position of the tunnel entrance, T, and two road junctions,
P and Q, on horizontal ground.
North
720
T
62°
450
P
2
A B
2 x 2
D C
2
The length, AB, of the picture is three times its height, x cm.
The width of the frame is 2 cm.
(a) The total area of the picture and the frame is 476 cm2.
[4]
11
X
D C
Y
A B
(a) Given that AB = 3.65 m, show that AY = 2.58 m correct to 3 significant figures.
[3]
(b) Calculate the length of one of the cables used to support the mast.
t .
(c) Calculate APB
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total number of marks for this paper is 100.
DC (SC/SW) 152341/6
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Use set notation to describe the shaded region in the Venn diagram.
P Q
A B
[2]
(iv) One subset in the Venn diagram in part (b)(i) has no elements.
(ii) p is the smallest possible integer such that 540p is a square number.
Find 540p , giving your answer as the product of its prime factors.
2 (a) Sami invests $2000 in an account paying compound interest at a rate of 1.8% per year.
3 (a) Solve 4 ^ p - 3h = 2p + 7 .
2x - y = 5
7x + 2y = 1
Answer x = ..........................................
y = .................................... [3]
m 2 + 3m
(c) Simplify .
2m 2 + 5m - 3
4
T R I G O N O M E T R Y
Twelve lettered tiles spelling the word TRIGONOMETRY are placed inside a bag.
(b) All the tiles are placed back in the bag, a tile is then taken at random and placed on the table.
A second tile is taken at random and placed to the right of the first tile.
A third tile is taken at random and placed to the right of the second tile.
Find the probability that, in the order the tiles were placed on the table, they spell GET.
3 vowel
11
vowel
4
12
......... consonant
vowel
.........
.........
consonant
......... consonant
[2]
(ii) Find the probability that the tiles both show vowels.
(iii) Find the probability that one tile shows a vowel and one tile shows a consonant.
(i) Find an expression, in terms of n, for the nth term of this sequence.
Answer .......................................................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
Write down an expression, in terms of p, for the pth term of these sequences.
(c) The diagrams below show the first three patterns in a sequence.
The patterns are made from short diagonal lines.
[1]
(ii) Complete the table below for the number of short lines in Patterns 4 and 5.
Pattern 1 2 3 4 5
[2]
(iii) Find an expression, in terms of t, for the number of short lines in Pattern t.
(i) Using a ruler and a pair of compasses only, construct triangle ABC. [2]
t .
(ii) Measure BAC
(b) A rectangular field has dimensions 220 m by 350 m, each correct to the nearest 10 metres.
(c)
P Q
66°
79°
35°
S R
T
.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
t .
(ii) Find PTQ
(iii) Complete the statements below to show that triangle PQT is congruent to triangle RTQ.
3. ................................................................
[2]
Write down an equation in x and solve it to find the length of the base of Graham’s box.
Give your answer correct to 2 decimal places.
90
(c) (i) Complete the table below for A = 15 + 6x + .
x
x 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A 72 63 61.5 63 66 69.9
[1]
90
(ii) Draw the graph of A = 15 + 6x + for 2 G x G 8 .
x
A
80
78
76
74
72
70
68
66
64
62
60
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x
[2]
Use your graph to find the length and width of Delilah’s box.
y
6
3
A R
2
–6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 x
–1
–2
–3
B
–4
–5
–6
Answer f p [2]
70°
(b)
16
A piece of chocolate is in the shape of a prism with the shaded area from part (a) being its
cross section.
The rectangular base of the chocolate is 16 cm by x cm.
The piece of chocolate is to be placed in a box which is a cuboid of size 16 cm by x cm by 1.5 cm.
(i) Show that the chocolate will fit inside the box.
[3]
Find the maximum number of boxes that can be packed inside one carton.
(b)
B 2 C
12
North
56°
A
Calculate AC.
(c)
D
cliff
B 2 km C
11 (a)
y
6
0 x
1 2 3 4 5 6
By drawing appropriate lines, indicate the region R defined by all these inequalities.
(ii) Find the equation of the line perpendicular to AB that passes through the midpoint of AB.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
Write your Centre number, candidate number and name on all the work you hand in.
Write in dark blue or black pen.
You may use an HB pencil for any diagrams or graphs.
Do not use staples, paper clips, glue or correction fluid.
DO NOT WRITE IN ANY BARCODES.
At the end of the examination, fasten all your work securely together.
The number of marks is given in brackets [ ] at the end of each question or part question.
The total number of marks for this paper is 100.
DC (NH/CGW) 172436/4 R
© UCLES 2018 [Turn over
2
1 (a) Each week Leah works 5 days and is paid a total of $682.
Each day she works from 08 45 until 12 15 and then from 13 15 until 17 30.
(c) The exchange rate between dollars ($) and euros (€) is $1 = €0.44 .
Henry changes $850 to euros for his holiday.
Account A
Account B
She chooses the account that will give her more money at the end of the 3 years.
Decide which account she chooses and find the amount she will have in her account
at the end of 3 years.
$ ......................................... [4]
16
14
12
10
Frequency
8
0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
Time (t minutes)
[2]
(b) Jenny asked 60 people how many movies they had each watched in the last month.
The table summarises her results.
Number of movies 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Frequency p 14 15 7 q 5 2
Answer p = .....................................
q = ..................................... [3]
(c) Jenny also asked which type of movie each of the 60 people preferred.
Action
[3]
Find the probability that this person preferred drama or horror movies.
4x - 3y = 28
6x + y = 9
Answer x = .....................................
y = ..................................... [3]
2
v - 8v
(c) Simplify .
2v 2 - 13v - 24
A 1 B
2 4 9
3 6 12
18
(b) Find the lowest common multiple (LCM) of 140 and 770.
5 (a)
O
11
134°
A B
1 2
(b) [Volume of a cone = rr h]
3
[Curved surface area of a cone = rrl]
9.5
(i) Show that the radius of the base of the cone is 3.4 cm, correct to 1 decimal place.
[2]
x2
6 (a) Complete the table for y = - 3x + 2 .
2
x -1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
y 2 –0.5 –2 –2.5 –2 –0.5 2
[1]
x2
(b) Draw the graph of y = - 3x + 2 for -1 G x G 7 .
2
y
6
–1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 x
–2
–4
[3]
Answer x G .....................................
x H ..................................... [2]
(ii) The x-coordinates of the points of intersection of this line and the curve are the solutions of
the equation 2x2 + Ax + B = 0 .
Answer A = ....................................
B = .................................... [2]
7
North
A 135°
2.8
C
42°
3.7
B
[3]
8
Y
A B
O C
OYC is a triangle.
A is a point on OY and B is a point on CY.
AB is parallel to OC.
AC and OB intersect at X.
....................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................... [3]
(i) AB,
(ii) CY .
(i) OX : XB,
Write down an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken for the first 12 km.
Give your answer in minutes.
(ii) His average speed for the final 8 km of the run is 1.5 km/h slower than for the first 12 km.
Write an expression, in terms of x, for the time taken for the final 8 km of the run.
Give your answer in minutes.
[4]
(b) On Friday, Ravi ran the whole 20 km at the same average speed that he ran the final 8 km on
Monday.
[2]
BLANK PAGE
Permission to reproduce items where third-party owned material protected by copyright is included has been sought and cleared where possible. Every
reasonable effort has been made by the publisher (UCLES) to trace copyright holders, but if any items requiring clearance have unwittingly been included, the
publisher will be pleased to make amends at the earliest possible opportunity.
To avoid the issue of disclosure of answer-related information to candidates, all copyright acknowledgements are reproduced online in the Cambridge International
Examinations Copyright Acknowledgements Booklet. This is produced for each series of examinations and is freely available to download at www.cie.org.uk after
the live examination series.
Cambridge International Examinations is part of the Cambridge Assessment Group. Cambridge Assessment is the brand name of University of Cambridge Local
Examinations Syndicate (UCLES), which is itself a department of the University of Cambridge.
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 21
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
SECTION A
1134.75
(c) 890 3 M1 for
0.85
M1 for their 1335 – (375 + 70)
2 (a) (7 , 9) 1
(15 + 21)
(b) (i) y = 2x – 5 2 M1 for gradient (= 2)
(10 + 8)
(ii) Yes and –9 = 2 × –2 – 5 1ft ft correct conclusion from their equation with the
working shown
(c) (i) (a) (–5 , 0) 1
4 p − 15
(b) , p 2 M1 for line through (4 , 9) and (6 , 6)
3
8
3 (a) (i) 10.6 – 10.62 2 M1 for tan37 =
QR
46.62
(b) 6.40 2 M1 for
0.45
3
(c) 18 2 M1 for (k =) 90 oe or × 30
5
4 (a) 4x + 5y + 4x + 5y = 1020
leading to 4x + 5y = 510 1
6x + 3y + 6x + 3y + 4x + y + 4x + y
= 1360
leading to 5x + 2y = 340 1
(c) 0.56 2ft M1 for figs 0.8 × 2.1 and figs 1.6 × 0.7
After 0, SC1 for answer figs 56
ft (2 × their x × their y) / 10 000
− 10 − 4
5 (a) (i) 2 B1 for 3 correct terms
15 7
− 0.5 − 1
(ii) 2 B1 for ½ × (2 × 2 matrix)
1.5 2 − 1 − 2
or for soi
3 4
− 5
(c) (i) 1
2
(ii) (18 , 9) 1
SECTION B
x
(b) 16cos25o oe 2 M1 for cos 25 =
16
1
(c) (i) 28 www 2 M1 for ( 20 + AD ) × 14.5 = 348
2
8 ± 8 2 + 4 × 56
(ii) 12.5, –4.5 3 M1 for y = soi
2
A1 for one solution or 12.48(5)… and –4.48(5)…
1
(b) (90 + x) oe cao 2 M1 for ½ (180 – (90 – x))
2
(b) 18 1
7
(iv) cao 1
20
(c) (i) 1 1
49k 7 14
(ii) 2ft M1 for ×
750k 20 75
7
ft their and their 75
20
200
10 (a) 32 2 M1 for
6.2
3000
(b) 53 2ft M1 for
56.5
ft their 56.5 with rounding down to an integer
11 (a) (i) 35 1
(ii) 360 1
(iii) 7 1
(b) (i) 10 1
8
(iii) 20 2ft M1 for (×60)
24
18 − their 10
ft
24 /(60)
MK
(c) (i) 12.29 cao 2 M1 for sin 55 = oe
15
(ii) 247o 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2011 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2011 4024 22
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
SECTION A
1 1
(a) (i) cao 1
10 x
11x − 12 4( x − 3) + 7 x
(ii) final answer 2 M1 for
x( x − 3) x( x − 3)
(ii) c = 2 cao
d = 1.5 oe
2 If 0, B1 for f( −1
(x ) = ) 4 x + 3
2
2g − 3
(iii) g = ½ or 0.5 2 M1 for = –g
4
2A 2 A − hd 2A 1 1
2 (a) (i) c = – d or 2 M1 for c + d = or hc = A − hd oe
h h h 2 2
final answer A
or SC1 for c = −d
½h
(ii) 3 1
1
3 (a) 1
3
1 1 3 2
(b) (i) 2 M1 for × × seen
20 6 5 4
3 5
(ii) 2 SC1 for
20 36
3 2 1 3 2 2
M1 for × × + × × seen
6 5 4 6 5 4
(ii) (k = ) 49 cao 1
5 (a) 11 30 cao 1
(b) 39 minutes 1
(c) 8 km 1
(d) 24 km/h 1
6 (a) (£)1350 1
7 (a) (i) 2 1
SECTION B
3 2
8 (a) (i) 2 B1 for 3 correct terms
1 4
−1 − 2 1 − 2 − 4 − 2 − 4
(ii) or 2 B1 for k k ½
1.5 2.5 2 3 5 3 5
or ½ × (2 × 2 matrix)
(b) (i) Reflection 1
y=1 1
(ii) Enlargement 1
Scale factor ½ Centre (–5,0) 1
− 2 − 4 − 4
(iii) (–2 , 3) (–4 , 5) (–4 , 7) 2 B1 for 2 correct vertices or for
3 5 7
(iv) Rotation 1
90o anticlockwise about (0,0) 1
9 (a) –5, –6 1
(b) All points plotted correctly and a 2ft B1 for 5 or more points correct
smooth curve – generous quadratic ft from their table
DB
(b) (i) 241 → 241.5 2 M1 for cos 15 = oe
250
(ii) 12050 – 12100 2ft B1 for ½ × 200 × 241 × sin 30
ft 50 × their (b)(i)
(iii) 225 1
7 πr 2 H 2 πr 2 H
11 (a) 3 B1 for and
9 3
πr 2 H
B1 for
9
(b) (i) 15 2 + 10 2 = 18(.0) 2 M1 for 152 + 102
62.8 × 360 θ
(iii) θ = = 200o 2 M1 for × π × 18 × 2 = their (ii)
36 π 360
200
(iv) 2760 → 2770 3 M1 for × π × 182 ( = 565.5)
360
M1 for 30 × their (ii) ( = 1884)
(b) (i) 7 correct plots and smooth ogive 3 B2 for 5 or 6 correct plots and smooth ogive
or
B1 for 5 or 6 correct plots
(ii) (a) 83 → 85 1ft ft from their graph
(b) 13.5 → 16.5 2 M1 for readings at 80 and 240 seen
(c) 15 to 19% 2 SC1 for 48 → 60 or 81 → 85 seen
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 21
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
10
(c) 24.2, 24.3 3ft M1 for (PC =) oe ( = 10.64) and
cos 20
M1 for their (a) + 10 + their PC
6 p + 23 5(2 p + 3) − 4( p − 2 )
(c) final Ans 3 M1 for soi and
( p − 2)(2 p + 3) ( p − 2)(2 p + 3)
A1 for numerator 10p +15 – 4p + 8,
condoning one sign error, and correct
denominator seen at some stage
q +1
(d) final Ans 3 B1 for (q – 1)(q + 1) seen and
2q − 1 B1 for (2q – 1)(q – 1)seen
(ii) 310 1
TQ 3
(ii) 51 3 M2 for = oe or
85 − TQ 2
TQ 3
M1 for = oe
TR 2
1
4 (a) (i) oe 1
5
(ii) 1 oe 1
6
(b) oe 1ft Both fts dep on at least B1 scored in (b)(i)
25
1
(c) 2 B1 for 5 × 5 × 5 soi
25
3 2ft B1 for 3π
(ii)
4
60
(c) (i) 75.4 2 M1 for × π × (their r)2
360
6 (a) (i) 3 : 5 1
(ii) 9 600 1
7 (a) (i) Congruency case complete www 3 D1 for common angle of 60 and
S1 for AP=BQ=CR
or AR=BP=CQ
16
(ii) (a) oe 1
25
3
(b) oe 1
25
(iii) (a) 45 1
(c) (i) Correct line 2 L1 for correct freehand line or a ruled line
with gradient – 1 or intercept 2
(ii) 4.276 and –9.276 final answer 4 B3 for one correct or both not or wrongly
corrected
or
B1 for p = –15 and r = 6 and
B1 for q = 1653 or q = 40.657..
or
(2 )
5
B1 for x + and
2
551
B1 for = 45.916 or 6.776
12
1 0
(ii) (a) 1
0 − 1
(b) My 1
(b) (i) 5 1
(b) 307 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2011 question papers for most
IGCSE, GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2011 4024 22
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
A − h2 A
1 (a) (m =) final ans 3 M1 for A = 4hm + h2 or = 4m + h
4h h
and (indep.) M1 for 4hm = A – h2 or
A
4m = – h or for isolating the term in m
h
after the first M0.
3.73
2 (a) 43(.0) 2 M1 for sinx = (0.6819) oe
5.47
30 100
(ii) 16.7 2 B1 for tany = or (y = 73.3)
100 30
252
(ii) 7(πr) 2 M1 for (5 ×) × 2πr
360
60 × their12 − 540
(b) 25 2 M1 for figs oe
60 × their12
(b) (b, d) 1
1 − 3
(ii) 1
3 − 2
6
6 (a) 1
2
1
(b) oe isw 1
3
(c) P = –3 Q = 21 2 M1 for 7P + Q = 0 or 9P + Q = –6 or
B1 for an equation with m = their (b) or
c=7
(ii) (±) 13 1
(b) 2 AB 1
AF 8
(iii) 4.62 2 M1 for = oe such as
sin 30 sin 120
4
= cos30
AF
(ii) 8 1
(ii) 11 correct plots (and smooth curve) 2 P1 for 7 correct plots (joined.)
(ii) B 2 1
(iii) (a) 6 1
(c) 12 1
or
B1 for p = 28 and r = 2 and
B1 for q = 588 or q = 24.248
(iii) 1.88 with convincing reason 2 B1 for 1.88 (or the accuracy marked in (ii))
(Accept the accuracy marked in (ii))
11 (a) (i) 7 correct plots and smooth curve 3 P2 for 7 correct plots or
P1 for 4 correct plots
SC1 for ogive curve
SC1 for all heights correct
1
(ii) (a) 1
11
k10
(b) isw 2 B1 for two of the following products correct
k11
8 7 8 4 4 8
× + × + ×
12 11 12 11 12 11
k
(iii) isw 1
55k
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 21
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
SECTION A
1 (a) (i) 11 1
5 (a) 32o 1
(iii) 56o 1
(iv) 60o 1
1
6 (a) 1
2
(b) y [ –1 1
1
yY x 1 If 0 scored, SC1 for both correct, any symbol
2
(c) Correct triangle drawn 2 M1 for two correct vertices or
reflection in y = 2 or x = –2
(d) (i) 2 1
(ii) (8 , –1) 1
3 1 1 3
(iii) a+ b 2 M1 for AB or BA
4 4 4 4
1
(iv) b– a 1
2
3 5 5 3
(v) b– a 2 SC1 for a– b
4 4 4 4
SECTION B
(iii) 074o ± 3o 1
72
(b) (i) 30.8 2 M1 for × π × 72
360
(ii) 22.8 2 M1 for 8.79(64..) or 8.8 or
their arc length + 14
(iii) Line parallel to JM 5 cm away
Angle bisector of JKˆ L 1
1
(d) (i) 50 to 55 1
(ii) 68 to 72 and 38 to 40 M1
28 to 34 A1
π x3
(d) y= seen or implied M1
6
Attempt at correct curve A1
5.6 < x < 6 A1
− 5 6
12 (a) (i) 1
0 − 2
1 2 − 6 1 2 − 6
oe isw
6 2 − 3
(ii) 2 M1 for × (2 by 2 matrix) or
6 2 − 3
(ii) 112
2 B1 for 1 element correct in a 2 by 1 or both
115 elements seen
(ii) 44 1
(iii) 28 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes must be read in conjunction with the question papers and the report on the
examination.
• Cambridge will not enter into discussions or correspondence in connection with these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2012 question papers for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level syllabuses and some Ordinary Level
syllabuses.
Page 2 Mark Scheme: Teachers’ version Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2012 4024 22
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
SECTION A
1 (a) pentagon 1
(d) –1 cao 1
3
2 (a) x= oe 2 M1 for 14x + 2 – 4x – 8 (= 0) or better
5
(b) y= ±9 1
(b) Y correctly positioned with two 2 M1 for correctly positioned Y with one correct
correct construction arcs construction arc, or with no construction arcs
or M1 for Y above WX and two correct
construction arcs
(iii) 1.1 to 1.3 2 M1 for 7.75 to 7.85 and 6.55 to 6.65 seen
22
(iv) oe, or 0.36 to 0.37, or 36 to 37% 2 B1 for 22 seen
60 38
or C1 for oe
60
(ii) 1 1
1
(ii) (b + c) 1
2
1 1 1
(iii) b + c or their (aii) – b 2 ft B1 for one correct term
4 2 4 1 1
or for – b – c
4 2
(b) (i) 2 2 1
b– a
5 5
(ii) 2 : 3 oe 1
3 7
(iii) a– b–c 2 B1 for one correct term,
5 20 7 3
or for c + b – a
20 5
SECTION B
202 + 22 − 21.32
8 (a) (i) 128 to 128.4 3 M2 for cosB =
2 × 20 × 2
or M1 for 21.32 = 202 + 22 – 2 × 20 × 2 × cosB
x
(ii) 14.3 to 14.5 3 M2 for sin ((their(ai) – 90) = oe (12.4)
20
(b) (i) 29° 1
8.6 × sin 33
(ii) 9.6 to 9.7 3 M2 for CE =
sin(their (bi ))
CE 8.6
or M1 for = oe
sin 33 sin(their (bi ))
−5 0
9 (a) (i) 1
1 2
0 − 13 1 0 −2 0 −2
(ii) 1 1
or seen 2 M1 for seen, or for attempting to
2 6 63 1 3 1
multiply 16 by a 2×2 matrix
974
(b) (i) 2 B1 for one correct value, or for (974 328)
328
(iii) (a) 4; or –4 1
300
10 (a) (i) 686 to 687 cm2 4 M1 for using oe
360
M1 for using π × 152
M1 for 12 × 152 × sin 60 oe (= 97.4278 ...)
300
(ii) 93.5 to 93.6 cm 2 M1 for × 2 × π × 15 (= 78.5398...)
360
(b) 12.4 cao 2 B1 for 12 (15 + 25) h = 248 oe
(c) (i) 3 1
(ii) 7 correct plots and a smooth curve 3 B2 for 6 or 7 correct (ft) plots
or B1 for 4 or 5 correct (ft) plots
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 21
) 6
(b) (i) 36 (.0) 2 M1 for sin ABC = oe
10.2
A A
(b) (i) 3 1 SC 2 for or
y+2 2−y
A A
(ii) (x =) 3 M2 for = y – 2 or yx – 2x = A or
y−2 x
A
M1 for y = + 2 or yx = A + 2x .
x
3 (a) (i) 30 1
200 − 131.8
for Figs
131.8
15
(b) 950 3 M2 for x – × – 647.5 = 160 oe or
100
B1 for 807.50 soi and
B1 for division by 85.
4 (a) (i) 20 ° 1
(ii) 70 ° 1
CO AO
(b) (i) Similar triangles established 2 B1 for = oe or for COˆ A = DOˆ B
DO BO
(ii) 1.8 1
5 (a) 15.7 1
(ii) 4 1
(d) (i) 25 1
1 2
(ii) 14.3 3ft M2 for πr – (d)(i) or
2
M1 for area of a circle πr2 soi
28
(b) (i) oe 1ft
80
992 32 31
(ii) oe 2ft B1 for × seen or
6320 80 79
32 × 31 992
= = 0.155
80 × 80 6400
7 (a) 130 g tin 2 B1 for one correct rate such as 1.3 (g/cen)t or
0.769 (cent/g ) seen.
x 3 512
(c) 7.2 3 M2 for = oe or
9 1000
B1 for 3 512 : 3 1000 soi
8 (a) 4.1 1
(e) (i) –1 1
9 65 sin 60
(a) 59.2 3 M2 for (AB =) or
sin(180 − (60 + 48))
AB 65
M1 for = oe
sin 60 sin(180 − (60 + 48))
1
(b) 2360 2 M1 for × 84 × 65sin((180 –) 60)
2
35
(d) 31.9 ° 3 M2 for tan–1 oe or
65 sin 60
35 d
M1 for tan–1 or and
d 35
B1 for for 65sin60 (= 56.3)
10 320
(a) oe isw 1
x
320
(b) isw 2 B1 for x – 80 seen
x − 80
320 320 5
(c) x2 – 80x – 10240 = 0 correctly obtained 3 M2 for – = oe
x − 80 x 2
M1 for (a) – (b) = ± their2½
11 1 1
(a) (i) (a) p+ r 1
2 2
(b) r + p – q 1
1 1
(c) p+ r 2ft B1 for unsimplified
2 2
(b) (i) Correct triangle 2 B1 for two correct vertices or triangle correct
size and orientation
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2012 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2012 4024 22
1 (a) 57(.0 °) 2 10
M1 for tanAĈB = oe
6.5
(b) (i) 3 1
2Q 2Q 2Q
(ii) (R = ) asc 3 SC2 for or −
P −1 P +1 P +1
2Q
M2 for = P – 1 or PR – R = 2Q or
R
2Q
M1 for P = + 1 or PR = 2Q + R soi
R
(ii) x > 73.125 isw 2 B1 for their answer to (i) > 250
(iii) 74 1ft
(b) (i) Similar triangles established www 2 B1 for a correct pair of equal angles
150
5 (a) 220 3 M1 for × 2 πr and
360
B1 for their arc AD + their arc BC + 50
150
(b) 2130 3 M2 for π (452 – 202) or
360
150
M1 for πr2
360
60
(b) (i) oe isw 1
150
4800 2 60 40
(ii) oe isw B1 for × seen or
22350 150 149
60 40 4800
2× × (= = 0.213 )
150 150 22500
(iii) 2410 3 2
M2 for πR2 × 8 – 4 × × π × r3 or
3
2
M1 for πR2 × 8 or 4 × × π × r3
3
8 (a) – 2.1 1
(f) 1 < k < 2. ft 2ft B1 for one correct end point ft or clearly
using TP’s.
1
(c) 814 2 M1 for × 30 × 64sin((180 – )58) oe
2
(b) (i) 40 – x 1
(d) Accurately drawn quadrilaterals 2ft B1 for one correct ft or both mirror images
1 1ft
(b) (4q − p ) oe isw
3
1 1
(c) 2q – p oe isw
2
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 21
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
SECTION A
(ii) (a) 8 cm 1
(ii) 2m oe 1
(ii) n2 1
(iii) 18 1
(c) (i) t2 + 2t oe 1
(ii) 675 1
(b) (i) 1 1
(ii) 2 1
18
6 (a) (i) 68.7° 2 M1 for tan A =
7
18
(ii) 257 to 257.5 4 M1 for tan 55 =
DE
A1 for DE = 12.6 to 12.61 cm
1
M1 for (9 + 7 + their 12.6) × 18 or for a
2
complete alternative method
SECTION B
1
8 (a) (i) –5.5 or –5 1
2
2x + 3 2x − 3 2y + 3
(ii) f–1(x) = 2 C1 for or oe
4 4 4
1 8g − 3
(iii) g = 0.5 or 2 M1 for =g
2 2
(b) (i) Enlargement 2 B1
Scale factor –3, Centre A B1
(iii) 0 2 B1 for 0
B1 for –7
− 7
− 2 1
(iv) 10 2 M1 for use of DF = or AF =
4 − 2
1
(ii) 100 1
1
(b) x = 2.5 2 M1 for × 12 x × 5 x or better for cross section
2
(c) (i) (2y – 3)(2y + 11) 1
(d) 9 1
cao
25
10 (a) (i) 2 2 1
, oe
3 3
(ii) 8 points correctly plotted and 2 ft B1 for at least 6 correct plots
one set of 5 joined with a curve
(iii) 1.7 to 1.8 AND –1.7 to –1.8 1 ft M1 for tangent to curve at –1.5 soi
After M0, SC1 for 3 to 4
(iv) –2.5 to –5 (dep on M1) 2 M1 for x + y = 2 drawn
(iii) 20 1 ft
(iii) 146° ± 2 1 ft
Or
− 2750
B2 for or –0.343 to 0.344
80000
Or
160 2 + 250 2 − 340 2
B1 for (cos P =)
(2×) 160 × 250
And
(b) (i) 9 1
(ii) 35% 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2013 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2013 4024 22
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
(ii) $1.45 1
3.4
(b) (i) $8272 2 M1 for 8000 × 100 or better
(iii) Lydia by $1.52, final answer, cao 2 or C1 for Simone’s 8560 seen
or C1 for Simone by $8.28 final answer
(b) n2 1
(d) 3 1
2
n(n+1) oe
(f) 1
2
(n + 1)(n + 2) oe 2 or C1 for 1
2 (n − 1)(n − 2) oe
3 (a) x = – 4 cao 2 M1 ± 2x = or ±8 =
(ii) 3,4 1
(b) (i) EG = 5.75 2 C1 for 11.5 seen or for 5.7 or 5.8 seen
(ii) 23k : 41k where k is an integer 2 B1 for (their 5.75) : (16 – their 5.75)
C1 for 41k : 23k
5 (a) No and 799.5 cm (or 7.995 m) 2 M1 for 180.5 and 15.5 seen
6 (a) 35o 1
(iii) 57 1
200
or 0.285 or 28.5%
SECTION B
8 (a) 150 m 1
− 3 3
(ii) 45 or 6.7 to 6.71 2 B1 for or seen. Must be in
6 − 6
vector form.
7.5
(b) 2ft B1 for 7.5
3 B1 for 3.
(b) (i) f (– 4) = – 2 1
3g + 2
(ii) g = 11 2 M1 for =7
5
5x − 2 5x + 2 5y − 2
(iii) f-1 (x) = oe 2 C1 for or oe
3 3 3
n
10 (a) (i) B1
24
24 − n
oe 2 B1
24
n(25 − n)
(ii) (a) oe final answer 1
25 × 24
1
(b) p = 4 2 B1 for their (a) = p
25 ± 25
(iii) n = 15 or 10 2 M1 for (n – 15)(n – 10) or seen
2
3 C1 for 7
oe
(iv) oe 2 20
20
(ii) 1
12 1
(iii) 25 1
(ii) 8 points correctly plotted and 3 B1 for correct scale (condone rev axes)
joined with a smooth curve B1 for 6 or 7 given table points correctly
on correct axes plotted on their axes
B1 for smooth curve through all 8 points on
their consistent axes
(iii) 2.5 – 6.5 (dep on tangent soi) 2 M1 for tangent at x = 1.5 soi
(ii) 4 −2
− oe 2 M1 for oe
5 3 − theirq
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 21
(ii) 700 1
1.10
(iii) 550 2 B1 for factor soi
1.56
x x
(b) 19 926 3 M2 for − = ±3 or
81 82
x x
B1 for or seen
81 82
(b) Complete locus 2 B1 for at least one parallel line or at least one
circular arc.
3 (a) (2,3) 1
4
(b) oe 1
8
8
(d) 1
4
5 (a) 1 1
3 1ft
(ii) –4
2
(d) 4 2 B1 for k = 36 or
k
M1 for L = 2 soi
d
CD
6 (a) (i) 19.93 from correct rounding 2 M1 for = cos50 oe
31
31
(ii) 28.3 3 M1 for = cos50 oe and
AC
M1 for AC – 19.93
SC If 2nd M not earned, A1 for 48.2
(b) (i) 25 1
PR QR
(ii) 37.2 or 37.3 3 M1 for = tan65 oe or = tan55 oe and
52 52
M1 for PR – QR
SC If 2nd M not scored,
A1 for 111.5 or 74.26
7 (a) (i) The three facts for 3 B1 for angle EAD = angle DAC and
Congruency stated B1 for either AE = AC or AD common
(b) (i) Equiangular triangles established 3 B2 for two pairs with no reason. Or
for one pair of equal angles with reason.
Or
B1 for any pair of equal angles.
x 11
(ii) x² – 18x + 55 (=0) correctly found 2 M1 for = oe
5 18 − x
9 (a) 4050 1
(c) (1700) ft 1
(e) (k =) 50 (a =) 3 1
(ii) 3.45 ft 1
(a)(ii)
(iii) 9.1% ft 2ft M1 for × 100
19.1
25(000)
(ii) 22 ft 3ft M1 for figs = N and
their (b)(i) × 6(0)
B1 for N × 10³
11 3
(a) (i) Shear, scale factor 2 B1 for Shear only or SF 1.5
2
1 1.5
(ii) 2 B1 for one element incorrect or
0 1 a b 1 3 3 4 6 12
M1 for =
c d 2 2 6 2 2 6
(ii) Stretch(ing) 1
1 1 0 1 0
(iii) oe isw 2 B1 for det = 2 soi or soi or
2 0 2 0 2
2 0 p q 1 0
M1 for =
0 1 r s 0 1
(iv) 2 : 1 oe 1
2 3
(c) 2 B1 for one element incorrect or
0 1 2 0 1 1.5
M1 for
0 1 0 1
5 sin 65 BC AC
12 (a) (i) correctly obtained. 3 M1 for = oe soi and
sin 65 − sin 45 sin 65 sin 45
B1 for AC = BC – 5 oe
11
(b) (i) – isw 3 M2 for 13² = 6² + 10² – 2×6×10×cosPRQ or
40 M1 for 13² = 6² + 10² + 2×6×10×cosPRQ
33
A1 for or
120
M1 for 13² = 6² + 10² – ×6×10×cosPRQ
33
A1 for –
60
11
(ii) ft 1ft
40
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2013 series for most IGCSE,
GCE Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level
components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – October/November 2013 4024 22
1 1
(a) 3760 3 B1 for a correct ∆ such as × 34 × 40
2
1
B1 for (40 + 58)×38 oe soi
2
58
(c) 54.1 2 M1 for tan CDE = oe
42
1
(b) (i) 1
12
3 1
(a) − 2 B1 for 1 or – 8 or
8
−4+ (− 4)2 + (− 3)2
M1 for
(− 4)2 − 2 (− 4)(− 3)
(b) 90 1
5 (a) (i) 3 1
(b) 66 2 M1 for y + 13 + 11 = 90 oe
or B1 for 52 soi
(c) (i) 1
/
(ii) C ∩ ( A ∪ B ) oe 1
3R
(b) 4.5 3 M2 for 600 + × 600 = 681 or
100
R
M1 for 600 × = (681 – 600) and
100
A1 for 13.5 or
600 × (3)R
B1 for soi
100
7 6
(a) 7 2 B1 for 2 correct entries or for
15 10 4
− 5 or − 12 soi
15 0
13
(b) 2 B1 for one entry correct or
10 for both 13 and 10 seen but not in this form.
1 4 0 1 0 4 0
(c) (i) oe isw 2 B1 for det = 4 soi or
4 2 1 − 2 4 2 1
− 2 0 1 0
(ii) 2 B1 for three entries correct or soi
− 2 1 0 1
8 θ
(a) 44.5 3 M1 for numerical × 2π × 6 oe
360
and
M1 for their arc + 12
If second M not scored, A1 for 32.46 or
5.24 soi.
SC1 after 0 for 2π6 seen (= 37.7)
θ
(b) 97.4 2 M1 for numerical × π × 62
360
SC1 after 0 for π6² (= 113) seen
(c) (i) – b 1
(iii) 267 1
11 10 p − 29 7 (2 p − 3) − 4 ( p + 2 )
(a) Final Answer 3 M1
( p + 2)(2 p − 3) ( p + 2)(2 p − 3)
B1 for 14p – 21 – 4p – 8 seen
320
(b) (i) isw 1
x
320 320
(ii) 2x² + 5x – 20 (= 0) correctly found 3 M2 for their – their = 80 oe
x 1
x+2
2
320 320
M2 for their – their = – 80 oe
x 1
x+2
2
320
SC1 after 0 for seen.
1
x+2
2
2 −1 1 6
(ii) 2 B1 for or oe or
− 1 .5 − 2 2 1
( )
M1 for EH = EA + AH
2
(iii) 1
− 1 .5
− 3 − 2 6
(v) Shows G is midpoint of CD 2 M1 for + + oe seen or
0 − 4 1
( ) 1
B1 for CD = 2CG =
− 3
(b) (i) Correct triangle (B) 2 B1 for two vertices correct or positive
enlargement centre (1, 2) or
an enlargement scale factor 1.5.
(iii) 1 : 9 oe 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 21
8− x x − 2( x − 4)
1 (a) 2 M1 for or better
( x − 4) 2 ( x − 4) 2
(c) x = 6 or –1 3 M1 for x2 – 5x – 6 = 0
M1 for (x – 6)(x + 1) = 0
5 ± 49
Or M2 for
2
Or M1 for 5 and 2 correct or 49
y+3
(d) final answer 3 M1 for (y + 3)(y – 3) seen
2y + 5 M1 for (2y + 5)(y – 3) seen
3
(iii) or 0.27 or better 1
11
(iv) 5 1
(b) (i) 3 1
(ii) 11 1
(iii) 18 1
(ii) 18U= 1
(iii) 42U 1
(iv) 108U= 1
4.5
(b) (i) 14.56 to 14.6 2 M1 for cos 72 =
AD
DE 4.5
(ii) 13.3 to 13.304… 2 M1 for =
sin 66 sin 18
5 (a) (i) n + 6, n + 7 1
(ii) No, frame could measure 17.5 cm by 1 Accept statement involving lower bound of
12.5 cm either length or width
(b) 7 correct plots joined with smooth 2 P1 for at least 5 correct plots
curve
x3
(ii) C = 1, D = –4 2 M1 for − 3 x + 1 = 5 − 4 x FT
2
(iii) (a) 33 to 35 1
1 5 4
(c) 2 M1 for ×
30 25 24
1
(b) 9660 or 9661.2(…) 2 M1 for × 130 × 164 × sin115
2
3
(ii) vector drawn 2 B1 for two correct movement without arrow
− 3 Or one correct movement with arrow
(b) Stretch B1
Factor 2 x-axis invariant B1
11 (a) 100 1
x
80
(b) x2 – 77x + 200 = 0 derived www 4 B1 for seen
x−5
100 80
M1 for + = 2.5 oe
x x−5
M1 for 100(x – 5) + 80x = 2.5x(x – 5)
(c) 74.31 and 2.69 final answer 4 B3 for one correct root seen
or for 74 to 74.31 and 2.69 to 2.7
p ± (or + or −) q
If in the form
r
B1 for p = 77 and r = 2
And B1 for q = 5129 or q = 71.6...
100 80
(e) 11 2 M1 for − or 0.191 [hours]
74.31 74.31 − 5
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2014 series for most IGCSE, GCE
Advanced Level and Advanced Subsidiary Level components and some Ordinary Level components.
Page 2 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
GCE O LEVEL – May/June 2014 4024 22
(b) D marked at intersection of correct arcs 2 B1 for a correctly positioned D with one
correct construction arc or no correct arcs
Or, provided D to the west of AB
B1 for D on one correct arc
or radii 5 cm and 6 cm reversed with arcs
Or, provided D to the east of AB
B1 for D on intersection of two correct
construction arcs
2 (a) (i) 97 1
4f +d
(ii) (c = ± ) 2 M1 for 4f = 6c2 – d or better
6
(d) (8p – 3q)(x – 2y) oe seen isw 2 M1 for x(8p – 3q) oe or – 2y(8p – 3q) oe
Or 8p(x – 2y) oe or – 3q(x – 2y) oe
(e) 1.12 and –2.32 final answer 4 B3 for one correct solution
or x = 1.1 to 1.121 and -2.321 to -2.3
p ± (or + or −) q
If in the form
r
B1 for p = –6 and r = 10
And B1 for q = 296 or q = 17.2...
(b) (i) 3.75 2 SC1 for an answer of 28.75, 28.7, 28.8, 15,
3.7, 3.8 or 0.0375
920
(ii) 402.5[0] or 403 or 402 2 M1 for ×7
( 4 + 5 + 7)
1
4 (a) (i) 1
3
2
(ii) 1 After 0+0 allow B1 for 2/6 and 4/6
3
Or 0.33 and 0.66 or better
18
(ii) (a) oe isw 1
30
8
(b) oe isw 1 After 0+0+0 for (b),
30
If all 36 used B1 for 18/36 and 10/36
If 35 used, B1 for 18/35 and 9/35
64
5 (a) 78.1 to 78.13 2 M1 for cos 35 = or better
AB
n 2 + 3n
(ii) 3 and 24 4 M1 for = 6 or better
5n − 12
M1 for n2 – 27n + 72 = 0
B1 for either 3 or 24
360
7 (a) (i) 9600 cao 2 M1 for × 1600 oe
60
11
(ii) cao 1
60
(144 − 90)
(iii) 1440 cao 2 M1 for × their 9600 oe
360
(iii) 38 or 39 or 40 or 41 1
4
8 (a) (i) 1
− 5
(b) 3a cao 1
(b) 1 : 15 1
1
(c) 565 to 566 2 M1 for × π × 6 2 × 15 or better
3
3
(e) (i) 18.89 to 18.9 2 M1 for 2 or 1.25… seen oe
2
(ii) 662 to 665 2 M1 for 3 2 or 1.58… seen oe
50 50 50
10 (a) [L =] 2(x + ) or 2x + 2 2 B1 for seen
x x x
50 50
or x + x + +
x x
(c) Correct smooth curve through the eight 3 ± half a small square
given points correctly plotted on B2 for seven or eight of the given points
correctly scaled axes correctly plotted on their axes
or B1 for six of the given points correctly
plotted on their axes
(d) 2.8 to 3.2 < x < 16.8 to 17.2 B1 B1 M1 for attempt to read off two x values at
y = 40
(ii) 7, 7 cao 1
(ii) BFD 1
1
(b) (i) 6.126 to 6.13 2 M1 for × 4 × 4 × sin 130
2
1
Or PQ × perpendicular height (numerical)
2
(360 − 130)
(ii) 38.2 to 38.3 3 M1 for × π × 4 2 soi by 32.11
360
130
or × π × 4 2 soi by 18.15
360
And M1 for ‘their major sector area’ + ‘their
triangle area’
Or for ‘their circle area’ – ‘their minor sector
area’ + ‘their triangle area’
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
cso correct solution only
dep dependent
ft follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
www without wrong working
soi seen or implied
1 (a) (i) 6 1
1
(ii) 1
500
(iii) 2.7 1
(b) 9 1
or M1 for 21 50 + 11 15 or 21 50 + 6
3 (a) (i) Correct quadratic graph through 11 3 B2 for curve through at least 8 ft points or for
points 11 ft points
or B1 for 16 in the table twice
or for 6 ft points
14 sin 122
(b) 37.5 to 37.6 3 M2 for
19.5
sin B sin 122
or M1 for = oe
14 19.5
SC1 for correct method for wrong angle
6 (a) −1 1
x+7
(b) 2 M1 for x = 2 y − 7 soi
2
y+7
or SC1 for the answer
2
1 11
(c) g = 2.2 or 2 or 3 B1 for 2(3g) – 7 = g + 4 soi
5 5 and B1 for mg = 11 or 5g = n
or SC1 after B0 for solving their linear
f(3g) = g + 4
3
7 (a) (i) or 0.75 1
4
(ii) ( y =) − 4 2 M1 for 4y – 6y – 3 = 5
or
correctly rearranges their linear equation
3w
(b) final answer 3 B1 for 15w(w – 2)
w+2 and B1 for 5(w + 2)(w – 2)
(iii) (a) Correct region shaded. 2 M1 for clearly identifiable arc centre B radius
8 cm
(iv) Yes as path of D passes through the 2 M1 for line from their D on a bearing 075
shaded region
x
(ii) 6.38 to 6.39 3 M2 for sin53 = oe
8
or B1 for correct triangle soi
9 (a) −1 1
(c) x = − 2 .5 1
(d) 4 1
(ii) 30 1
(b) 4x 1
(c) 90 − 2 x oe 1ft
40
(b) (i) 22.3 2 M1 for × π × 82
360
40
(ii) 476 to 477 4 M1 for ×π × 16
360
and M1 for 2 × their 22.3
and B1 for 8 × 20
11 (a) (i) 23 to 25 1
(ii) 12 45 (pm) 1
(iii) 1.9 1
(iv) (a) Straight lines to (14 45, 5.4) 2 M1 for straight line d = 5.4
and from (14 45, 5.4) to (15 39, 0) or straight line from their (14 45, 5.4) to
(15 39, 0)
(b) 6 cao 1
5
(ii) or 0.417 or 0.4166.... 1
12
41 5 4 6 5
(iii) oe, 0.621 3 M2 for 1 − × − × oe
66 12 11 12 11
5 4 6 5
or M1 for such as × or ×
12 11 12 11
After 0, SC1 for
5 6 5 1 6 1
(2) × × + (2) × × + (2) × ×
12 12 12 12 12 12
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2014 series for
most Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
22
(ii) 305 3 M1 for (13125) × oe and
100
18750 − their 2887.5
M1 for
52
25 x
(iii) 15 000 2 M1 for x + = 18750 oe
100
or B1 for ÷ 125
(ii) 294 1
2 (a) (i) 23 1
1
3 (a) or 0.0625 1
16
42 7 3
(b) or 0.164 oe 3 B2 for (2 ) × ×
256 16 16
7 3
or B1 for both and
16 16
7
or SC1 after 0 for
40
(c) (i) 26 1
1
4 (a) (i) 105 2 B1 for × 7 × 3 × 10
2
or M1 for Area of cross section × 10 soi
h
(b) (i) 0.845 2 M1 for = sin 25 oe
2
y
(ii) 0.280 2 M1 for = tan[...] oe
0.6
or SC1 for 25
d
5 (a) 63.7 or 63.6 (m) 2 M1 for π × = 100
2
θ
(ii) 30.8 to 31.1 2ft M1 for × 2πr oe
360
)
6 (a) Correct shape ABCD 4 B1 for ABC = 56
)
B1 for BAD = 104
M1 line CD // AB
A1 for perpendicular length 4.5
5
7 (a) (i) Convincing argument 3 www e.g. need to see b – a and (b – a)
3
B1 for DE = b – a oe
2 2
B1 for DB = a or EC = b oe soi
3 3
(b) (i) Triangle with vertices (6, 1), (10, 1), (10, 4) 2 B1 for two vertices correct
(ii) Stretch(ing) 1
2 0
(iii) 2 B1 for one error or
2 1 M1 for multiplication in the correct order
1 1 1 0
0
(iv) 2 2ft B1 for or or their ft values
−1 1
2 − 2 2
2
4π 2 h
(ii) (h = ) T g
oe 3 M1 for T 2 = oe
4π 2 g
and M1 for any correct transposition at any
stage
(b) 14 2 B1 for 42 or 16
or M1 for 45 − p − 3 = 2 p
After B1 or B0 so far
p± q
M1 for both real values of
r
1
(ii) 39.1° or 39.2° 2 M1 for × 5 × 7 × sin PQR
2
1
(iii) 136.3° 3 M1 for 8 × 2 × sin ZWX = × 4 × 6 × sin 67
2
oe
and A1 for 43.7o soi
or M1 for 180 − their 43.7 soi
9 2 + 122 − 12.52
(ii) 41.4 3 M2 for cos CAM = oe
2 × 9 × 12
or M1 for 12.5 2 = 9 2 + 12 2 − 2 × 9 × 12 cos θ
oe
After 0, SC1 for theirA – 30, or one of M or
C
10 (a) 11 11 1
(b) correct scales, plots (ft) and curve 3 P2 correct scales and at least 7 plots (ft) or
All plots correct ft
or P1 for aleast 7 plots (ft) or
Correct scales drawn
(b) (i) correct plots and give curve 2 P1 for at least 4 correct plots
(iii) 50 78 72 32 4 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
22 78
1 (a) (i) 28 236 2 B1 for or × 36 200 or 7964
100 100
8
(ii) 140 000 3 M1 for x = 36 200 – 25 000
100
36 200 − 25 000
or figs
8
Or B1 for figs (36 200 – 25 000) ÷8 or 11 200
1080 − 756
(iii) 30 2 M1 for figs
1080
4
(b) – 0.447 2 M1 for
80
(d) ( – 1, 7 ) 1
1 2 2
(c) 10 2 M1 for π 5 h or π 5 3
3 3
4
5 (a) Correctly shown 2 M1 for tan x =
11
4
(c) 4.256 to 4.26(0) 3 M2 for ( AC =)
cos y
4
Or M1 for = cosy
AC
1
(d) 55.8 to 55.9 4ft M3 for (their (c) + their FD)×7
2
Or B2 for (FD =) 11.7 or 137 or 42 + 112
Or B1 for ( DF 2 ) = 42 + 112
6 (a) x3 – 1 2 M1 for x3 + x2 + x – x2 – x – 1
3 x ( x − 2) − 4( x + 2)
(b) 0.4 3 M1 for (= 3)
( x + 2)( x − 2)
B1 for 3x2 – 6x – 4x – 8 or x2 – 4 soi
1
(iv) 61.3 to 62(.0) 2ft M1 for × their 7.70 × their 18.40 × sin60
2
260
8 (a) (i) 42.18 to 42.22 2 M1 for or 2π × 9.3
360
260
(ii) 196 to 196.32 2 M1 for × π × 9.32
360
260
(ii) (a) 0.578 confirmed 2 M1 for (2πr =) × 2π × 0.8
360
9 (a) –27 –8 – 1 0 1 8 27 1
(ii) 4 to 6 1
(iii) t = u3 1
1
10 (a) (i) oe 1
3
48 60 24
(ii) oe 2 M1 for (2 ×) ×
1495 300 299
60 24
After 0, allow SC1 for 2 × ×
300 300
11 (a) (i) b 1
8 8
(iii) (a) a– b 2 B1 for DC = 2c – 2b
5 5
8
(b) 1 : oe 1
5
0 1
(b) 2 M1 for either column
1 0
(iii) 90 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
17 x + 13 2(4 x − 1) 3(3x + 5)
1 (a) cao final answer 2 M1 for + or better oe
6 6 6
1
(b) (i) or 0.5 cao 1
2
2 (a) 27 1
2
(c) 0.08 or final answer 1
25
(d) 3 to 3.5 1
1
(e) 1500 2 M1 for ( 200 + 50)12
2
Or B1 for ∆ = 900 or rectangle = 600
After 0, allow SC1 for 1750
(b) (i) 100 and 76 and 48 2 B1 for 100 and 76, or for 48
4 (a) (i) 72 1
(ii) 83 1
(iii) 108 1
40
(b) (i) 4 (π) cao 2 B1 for π × 62 or for
360
4 4
(ii) 12 + π final answer 2 B1 for (a =) 12, or for (b =)
3 3
(iii) 8 1ft
11sin 30
(b) 122.2 to 122.3 3 M2 for (sin ADC =) , or 57.7 to
6.5
57.8, or 58
sin ADC sin 30
Or M1 for = oe
11 6.5
250 26650
6 (a) 325 2 M1 for or
20500 20500
Or B1 for 82 seen
(b) 465 and 2.56 to 2.57 3 B2 for 465 or 2.56 to 2.57 seen
Or M1 for 400 × 1.17 (468)
SECTION B
3x − 7
7 (a) (i) f–1(x) = oe final answer 2 M1 for 3y = 2x + 7 or 3x = 2y + 7 oe
2
2m + 7 m
(ii) m = –14 2 M1 for = oe
3 2
(iii) line drawn and x = –0.7 to –0.8 2 M1 for correct line drawn
x = 2.7 to 2.8
(iv) line drawn and x = –2.3 to -2.7 2 M1 for horizontal line crossing curve at
intersection of x = 3.5 and their curve
or for the line y = –2.75
8 (a) 321 1
y
(b) 9.43 to 9.44 2 M1 for sin 39 = oe
15
15
(c) 19.3 to 19.31 2 B1 for cos 39 = oe
x
(d) (i) X marked 12cm from A on bearing of 2 B1 for either a correct distance or bearing
141o
(ii) Correct region shaded 3 B1 for arc, min length 3 cm, radius 6 cm,
centre A
B1 for bisector of ∠ABC, min length 3 cm
B1 for shading
5 7
(b) m= , 0.625 2 M1 for 7 = 12 – 8m or = 3 − 2m
8 4
h 1
(ii) (h + 7) oe isw
2
1
(iv) 24 2 B1 for 42 soi or M1 for × 12 × 4
2
(b) 2 1
(c) 4 1
7
11 (a) (i) or 0.23… or better 1
30
11
(ii) cao 1
15
308 154
(b) or or 0.354 2 M1 for
870 435
7 6 15 14
their × their + × their
30 29 30 29
8 7
+ × their
30 29
(iii) 10 1
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
their12
(ii) 128.6 to 128.7 or 129 3 M1 for tan θ = oe
15
A1 for 38.6 to 38.7
Alternative method
M2 for complete method using cosine rule
for cos ABC using their 19.2
7 sin 65
(b) 44.8[2…] 3 M2 for
9
Or
9 7
M1 for = oe
sin 65 sin x
3 4
3 (a) (i) 2 B1 for one row or one column correct
−1 2
1 1
1 2 − 2 −
(ii) or 2 2 oe isw 2 B1 for det = 4 soi
4 3 −1 3 1
−
4 4 2 − 2
or for
3 −1
4 − 2
(b) oe 2 B1 for one row or one column correct
0 − 6 − 2 1
Or M1 for 2C = – 4 oe
0 3
1 − 2 1
or for – C=
2 0 3
Quesstio
on A werrs
Answ Ma
ark
k Pa
artt m
marks
311
3 0
(cc) (i)) 271
2 5 2 B1 1 for
fo 2 elem men nts corrrecct in
i a 3 byy1m
maatrix
x
275 orr all 3 vaaluees corr
c rectt inn doollaars
2 0
orr
11950 + 11 160
0
M for
M1 f 9975 5 + 17440
11300 + 14 0
450
( )
(ii) Am
mou
untt [inn centts] forr eaach weeek
k 1
(iii)) 85.75
5 caao 1
4 (a
a) 1
A
B C
′
(b
b) E ∩ (D ∪ F ) oor (D ∪ F )′ ∩ E 1 Orr E ∩ D ' ∩ F '
2 6 8 1
10
( )
(ii) 7 1ft
3
(iii)) o
oe 2
2ft B11 for
fo the
t eir 3 seeen
n ass nuum
meraatorr off a fraactio
on
10
0 so
oi
5 (a
a) 3xx 2 y(2 y 2 − 5x
5 ) 2 B1 fo 3x 2 (2 y 3 − 5xyy)
1 for
orr 3yy(2 x 2 y 2 − 5x 3 )
orr x 2 y(6 y 2 − 15
5x)
orr 3xxy(2 xy 2 − 5x 2 )
orr 3xx 2 y(A
A − 5x)
orr 3xx 2 y(2 y 2 − B)
© Ca
amb
brid
dge
e In
nterrnattion xam
nal Ex mina
atio
ons
s 20
015
5
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2015 4024 21
8 4( x + 2) + 2 x
(b) x = ± 1.63[...] or ± 3 M1 for = 3 soi
3 x( x + 2)
M1dep for 4x + 8 + 2x = 3x2 + 6x or better
(c) (i) Correct region shaded with 4 correct lines 3 B2 for 3 or 4 correct lines
or
B1 for 2 correct lines
1
(ii) – oe 2 B1 for (3, 3) or (1, 4) soi
2
1 1
(b) (i) b– a or (2b − a ) final answer 1
2 2
1 1
(ii) 2b + a or (a + 4b ) final answer 1
2 2
1
(iii) λ:3λ 2dep B1dep for b + a seen
4
1
or n(b + a ) seen
4
1 1
or k = or OF = OE oe
2 2
SECTION B
(c) (i) C at (3, 1) (3, 3) (4, 3) 2 B1 for either vertical or horizontal correct
Or for two vertices correct and correct
orientation
(ii) y = x oe 1
− 1 − 1
(iii) Translation 2 B1 for translation or
3 3
Or
M1 for D seen at (1, 3), (3, 3), (3, 4)
0 1
(c) 1
−1 0
(b) 48, 90 1
(c) Correct shape curve through 7 correct 2 B1ft for at least 5 correct points plotted
points
(d) (i) 23 1
7
(ii) or 0.14 2 B1ft for their 2 + their 5 seen
50 or time = 5 [mins] seen
2
Or SC1 for answer oe
50
4 a a −1
(e) oe 2 M1 for × where a < 50
175 50 49
8 7
Or B1 for and seen
50 49
8 16
Or SC1 for answer oe or answer oe
175 625
1
10 (a) (i) (x + 15)(x – 3) = 75 M1 Or equivalent equation for area
2
4
(ii) 3 M2 for 126 : their 72 soi or
7 B1 for 126 seen
7
Or SC2 for answer
4
1
11 (a) (i) 9.19[…] 2 M1 for × 4 × 6 × sin 50
2
AND
0.1
M1 for r 2 = soi
0.7 × π
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of
the examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not
indicate the details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began,
which would have considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner
Report for Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2015 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some
Cambridge O Level components.
60
1 (a) (i) (a) 396 2 M1 for × 360 + 15×12 or
100
60
B1 for × 360 seen
100
26
(ii) 770 2 M1 for x – x = 569.80 oe or
100
B1 for ÷ by figs 74
850
(b) 1.21 3 M2 for x = 550 oe or
1.87
850
B1 for or 1.87 or 850 or 550 or
1.87 850 550 850
x or 550
1.87 x
1
2 (a) 14 2 M1 for × CA × (11 − 7) oe or
2
SC 1 for 28
(iii) 76 1ft
(b) (i) Convincing explanation 2 B1 for a correct pair of equal angles stated
1 4
4 (a) (i) 2.12 2 M1 for × × π × r3 = 20 soi or
2 3
SC1 for 1.68
3
50 20
(ii) 6.79 2 B1 for or 3 oe or
20 50
3
M1 for 5 = 20 oe
x 50
AF
(b) 12.7 2 M1 for = sin25 oe
30
35
(c) 40.4 3 M1 for = cos30 oe and a further
AG
35
M1 for (AG = ) oe
cos 30
7 2 5
(ii) (B = ) 7 (C = ) 11 3 M1 for ( x + ) = and
2 4
B1 for one correct value
25
8 (a) (i) 2.62 2 M1 for × 2π × 6
360
25
(ii) 7.85 2 M1 for × π × 62
360
800
(c) (i) (h =) 1
πr 2
(ii) h is divided by 4 oe 1
9 (a) 36 1
(ii) Speed oe 1
(d) Their 2.5 2ft B1 for their 1.8 and their 4.3
48
(ii) t2 + – 20 = 12 oe isw 1
t
28
(d) oe 1
80
992 32 31
(e) (i) oe 2 M1 for 2 × × or 32 × 31
6320 80 79 80 80
64 4 8 4 8
(ii) oe 2 M1 for × or 2 × ×
6320 80 79 80 80
4
(iii) (a) 1
− 7
(iii) (5, 2) 1
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2016 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.
60 x
1 (a) 7.5(0) 2 M1 for x + = 12 soi or
100
B1 for ÷ by 160
17.40 − 12
(b) 45 2 M1 for × 100
12
17.4 − 11.31
(c) 35 2 M1 for × 100
17.4
A1 for 24.4(03...)
3b 2 9b 4
(b) 2 M1 for oe
a a2
1
3a 2 b3
3
oe
a 2b
k
or B1 for 3b² as numerator or
a
1
(ii) − 9 or ft 1ft
4
(ii) 4:9 1
31 115
5 (a) 15.1 or 15.08(….. 3 M1 for tan θ = or tan θ =
115 31
354
(b) (i) 18.8 or 18.77…… 2 M1 for sin θ =
1100
(ii) 251 or 251.2(……. 1ft 270 − their LJK final ans.
6 −2
6 (a) 2 B1 for at least 2 elements correct in a 2 x 2 matrix
−5 11
15 −7
(b) 2 B1 for at least 2 elements correct or
7 8
4 −1 4 −1
M1 for soi
1 3 1 3
1 −5 0
(c) − oe 2 B1 for det B = −10 soi or
10 −7 2
−5 0
isw −7 2
0 0
(d) 1
0 0
0 0 1 0
(e) 2 B1 for soi
7 −7 0 1
B1 for ABCˆ = 90 or
triangle OBC isosceles or
BAC = 26
52
M1 for × 2π 5 ft
360
π 15.52 − 650
M1 for r 2 =
44π
8 8 8
(ii) 2 M1 for = p + 5 or pq = 8 − 5q or p = − 5
p+5 q q
(b) (i) H and h correctly derived 2 M1 for correct substitution in the formula for the
area of a trapezium.
75 15(2 x + 3) − 30( x − 1)
(ii) correctly 3 M1 for soi
( x − 1)(2 x + 3) ( x − 1)(2 x + 3)
derived
B1 for 30 x + 45 − 30 x + 30 soi
75
(iii) (a) Equation correctly derived. 2 B1 for = 1.5
( x − 1)(2 x + 3)
−1 ± their 425
B1 for soi
2× 2
CE
(ii) 0.517 to 0.518 2 M1 for = sin15 oe
2
AF
(iii) 68.8 to 68.9 4 M1 for = cos15 oe or BC²=BE²+ (their CE)² or
2
any complete alternative method
ˆ = 5 5
M1 for tan FAE oe or
2cos15 their ( AF )
92 + 62 − 102
B2 for cosθ =
2×9×6
(ii) > 1
(e) 92 ft 1
−6
11 (a) 1
2
8 8 k
(b) (i) 2 B1 for or
4 k 4
−8
(ii) ft 1
−4
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2016 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level components.
(b) $65 ( not from 64.84 rounded ) 2 M1 for 1.05x = 68.25 soi
(b) (i) 1 1 1
(a) b – a or (b – 2a) or
2 2
equivalent two term answers final answer
3 1 3b − 6a 1
(b) b – 3a or 3( b – a) or or
2 2 2
equivalent two term answers final answer
3 (a) (i) 16 2 0 × 7 + 1× 5 + 2 × 6 + 3 × 4 + 4 × 3
1.64 or 1 M1 for
25 7+5+6+4+3
(ii) 2 1
(iii) 0 1
(c) 1 2 5 4
cao M1 for × oe
30 25 24
(d) Correct bar chart with axes labelled 2 B1 if only one error (eg incorrect height,
scales missing / incorrect, inconsistent bar
widths, or 4 correct bars)
(e) 00134 1
4 (a) (i) Correct triangle with arcs shown 2 B1 for correct triangle with no arcs
or triangle with one side correct length
with arcs
or triangle with BC = 7 and AC = 12 with
arcs (reflection)
3
(ii) 165o 2ft ft × their p provided p < 120 and p ≠ 90
2
B1 for 30, 15 or 75 seen
27 2
(d) x final answer 3 EITHER
4 1 3x
B2 for (6 x + 3 x) oe
2 2
or B1 for PQ = 3x
OR
B1 for 3x2 (area of small trapezium)
2
3
B1 for their 3x2 × oe
2
OR
If AB = x used
27 2 27
SC2 for x or SC1 for
16 16
13 1
(b) x = 6.5 or or 6 2 M1 for 4 x − 2 x − 10 = 3 or better
2 2
3
or y > – 2 final answer
5
18 − 4 x 20
× 2x = 10 oe 4x + = 18 oe A1 isw
2 2x
(ii) 3.85 and 0.65 cao 3 B2 for 3.850 to 3.851 and 0.649 to 0.650
or one correct answer or 3.9 and 0.6
p± q p+ q
Or if in form or or
r r
p− q
r
B1 for p = 9 and r = 4 or q = 41
(b) 9 1
(c) 3,5,7,11 1
4
(ii) oe isw 1ft ft from their (a)(i)(c)
11
8 0
(b) (i) final answer 2 B1 for 3 correct elements
3 1
1 1 −2 1 −2 1a b
(ii) oe isw 2 B1 for k or
4 1 2 1 2 4c d
SECTION B
(d) Correct graph through (10, 6) (25, 30) (34, 60) 3 B2 for at least 4 correct points plotted
(44, 90) (60, 120) B1 for at least 2 correct points plotted
(e) garage A 44 to 48 B1
104/2.6 = 40 B1
garage B at 38 to 44 B1 Dep on 2nd B1; an answer of 40 needs to
be confirmed by checking graph
8 (a) 0.5 1
(b) Correct graph with smooth curve 2 B1 for at least 4 correct points
(c) Tangent drawn and gradient = 2.3 to 3.0 2 B1 for tangent drawn at x = 4
or B1 for gradient 2.3 to 3.0
1
(e) (i) or 0.33.. 1
3
1
(ii) Tangent gradient roughly 1
3
1
(iii) y= x + k oe where 0 < k < 0.25 2ft Ft from their e(i)
3 1
B1 for x + k oe where 0 < k < 0.25
3
1
or y = x + k oe (any k outside range)
3
90
(iii) 15.67 to 16.0 2 M1 for (= 14.3)
2π
−6 −2
(b) or 3 1
3 1
1
− 2 0
(e) oe 1
0 1
−
2
(f) (i) (– h, – g) 1
or
1
M1 for × π r2×2r = 3000 or better
3
and
3000 × 3
M1 for r3 = ( = 1432)
2×π
1 1
(b) 630 to 632 4 M1 for × 8 × 8 × sin 60 or × 8 × 48
2 2
oe
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2016 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
(ii) 20 1
1995
(iii) 1900 2 M1 for
105
(b) 22 22 or 10 22 pm 1
1000000
(c) 6600 final answer 2 M1 for oe
4 × 38
6t + 1 6t + 1
(d) or 2 final 3 M1 for 4( 3t + 1 ) – 3( 2t + 1 ) soi
(2t + 1)(3t + 1) 6t + 5t + 1
answer B1 for 6t + 1 seen as numerator
or (2t + 1)(3t + 1) oe seen as denominator
9
(e) –3, –4, –5 2 M1 for n < – oe
4
Or SC1 for answer –3, –4, –5, –6
or answer –2, –3, –4, –5
(ii) [∠APD = ] 90 – a 1
(iii) [∠DAP = ] 2a 1
(iv) [∠ADP = ] 90 – a 1
© UCLES 2016
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21
1
4 (a) 422 or 423 or 422.4 to 422.6 2 M1 for × 4 × π × (9 − 0.8) 2
2
Or SC1 for answer 508.9 to 509.0…
M1 for Cylinder: π × 3.82 × 1.5
120
5 (a) 3.76 to 3.77… 2 M1 for × 2 × π × 1.8 oe
360
1.8
(c) (i) Full calculation, including calculation for 2 M1 for cos 60 = oe
OC = 3.6 and OC
radius = TC + OC or OC2 = 1.82 + their OB2
AG
© UCLES 2016
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21
1
(c) 504 2 M1 for 9 × 8 × 5 or ×9×8× 6
3
7 (a) 283° 1
(b) 055° 1
M1 for DX = 27 – their AX
Or for DX = their DC 2 − their CX 2
their DX
M1 for Time = 216 × oe
27
© UCLES 2016
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21
Correct shape curve through 9 correct B2 B1ft for at least 7 correct points plotted
points
2.2 to 2.5 A1
3 3
(ii) y = 1.5x + 0.6 or y = x+ 2 B1 for m = 1.5 oe
2 5 or for c = 0.6 oe
or for correct equation in a different
form
(iii) 0 and 3.1 to 3.2 1ft FT intersections of their ruled line with
their curve
B=1 1
9 (a) 42 1
(30 − y ) × (140 + 4 y )
(c) (i) oe isw 2 B1 for (30 – y) or (140 + 4y) soi
100
© UCLES 2016
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21
10 (a) (i) Correct histogram with linear scale on 3 B2 for all 5 heights correct with axis
frequency density axis scaled
OR
B1 for at least 3 correct frequency
densities soi
and
B1 for all 5 bars correct widths
Σfx
M1 for
135
33
(b) (i) oe 1
95
48 3 8 2 12
(ii) oe 2 M1 for × + ×
95 5 19 5 19
24
Or SC1 for answer
95
(iii) 12 cao 1
91 k k −1
(iv) oe 2 M1 for × where n > k > 1
190 n n −1
6 12
(b) 8.5 2 M1 for using 2 × =
k − 11 −5
x = 0 or y-axis 1
© UCLES 2016
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 21
−1 3 −1 0
(b) 2 B1 for used
0 1 0 1
or
M1 for
a b − 12 −1 −2 3 12 7 8
× =
c d 1 2 2 1 2 2
© UCLES 2016
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2016 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
24 × 922.25
SC1 for × 100 oe
21 000
127 × 21 000
(b) 730.25 3 B1 for soi
100
5x
(c) 1000 3 M1 for x + = 21 000 oe and
100
ab
2 (a) Final answer 2 M1 for correct transition to multiplication
6 soi
1
(b) oe 2 B1 for 5(h − k )
5
M1 for (5 x − 1)2 = 92 or
8
( x − 2)( x + ) = 0 oe ft or
5
Uses e(i) to form simultaneous equations or
1 ± 9 − B ± B 2 − 20C
x= ≡
5 10
© UCLES 2016
Page 3 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22
3 (a) 3.75 1
x 2
(e) (i) y =4− x 2 M1 for x3 + 10 x − 80 = 0 ≡ ( x − 10) =
20
ax + b oe
AD
4 (a) (i) 2.67 2 M1 = cos 27 oe
3
3
(ii) 4.57 3 M2 for CD = oe or
sin 41
3
M1 for = sin 41 oe
CD
1 ˆ = 6 oe and
(b) 53.1 126.9 3 M1 for × 3 × 5 × sin PQR
2
A1 for 53.1 or
AC CD
(b) 2.1 3 M1 for = oe soi and
AB BT
7 CD
M1 for = oe OR
10 3
B1 for (AB =) 10
© UCLES 2016
Page 4 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22
4 4
6 (a) 2 B1 for 3 entries correct.
1 7
2 4
(b) 2 B1 for 3 entries correct.
2 9
2x
(c) 4 7 2 B1 for one correct or seen
3x + 2
1 3 −2 3 −2
(d) oe isw 2 B1 for det B = 5 soi or soi
5 1 1 1 1
17
(b) (i) (PQ =) 1
x+5
M1 for ( their(PQ + 3) × x = 17 or
−15 ± their1245
B1 for soi and
2×3
p± q
M1 for both real values of
r
© UCLES 2016
Page 5 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22
48
8 (a) (i) Dependent on 4 fig. term calculated 3 M1 for arc length × 2π R soi and
using any version of π. 360
360 1
M1 for R = 20 × × oe
48 2π
48
(ii) 239 2 M1 for × π R2
360
312
(iii) 20.7 2 M1 for 2πr = × 2π R oe
360
A1 for (l =) 8.5
17 70
(c) (i) 13.6 or 13.7 2 M1 for tan YBC = or tan BYC=
70 17
110
(ii) 16.5 3 M1 for Figs soi and
24
60 × 60
B1 for × by oe soi
1000
© UCLES 2016
Page 6 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22
(b) 1 1
1 0
(c) 1ft
1 1
© UCLES 2016
Page 7 Mark Scheme Syllabus Paper
Cambridge O Level – October/November 2016 4024 22
(b) 23 to 27 2 B1 for 52 ±1 or 27 ±1
(ii) 79 to 80 1
(iii) Paper1 1
e.g. Paper 2 has median 54 oe
Using (i)(a), (i)(c) or (ii) with
numerical justification – accept
reasonable attempts to read the
graphs correctly.
2
(b) (i) oe 1
4
2
(ii) oe 1
20
12 3 2 2 3
(iii) oe 2 B1 for × or × seen
20 5 4 5 4
18
(iv) oe 2 B1 for any correct sequence of three coins,
60 3 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 3
× × or × × or × ×
5 4 3 5 4 3 5 4 3
© UCLES 2016
Cambridge International Examinations
Cambridge Ordinary Level
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.
3(a) GCB, HPC, HPB, HCB, RPC,RPB, RCB 2 B1 for 5 correct and none incorrect or for 6
correct
4(a)(i) 0 1 2 0 1
B1 for or 2 elements correct in a
8 1 8 1
2 × 2 matrix with brackets
5(a) 17 1
5(b) Smooth curve through 7 correct points 3 Mark the curve first
7(c) p+5 3 4p + 4− 2p + 6 2p + 2− p +3
final answer M2 for or
4 8 4
soi
4( p + 1) − 2( p − 3)
M1 for or
2× 4
2( p + 1) − ( p − 3)
4
p −1
After 0, SC1 for answer or 2p + 10 or
4
p+5
7(d) 5 2 3
m < − , m < –0.833[…] final answer M1 for 6m + 8 < 3 or 3m + 4 <
6 2
SECTION B
8(d) 26 1
8(e) (2n + 3)(2n + 2) leading to 4n2 + 10n + 6 2 B1 for either (2n + 3) or (2n + 2) used
with no errors
After 0, SC1 for 4n2 + 10n + 6 shown using
alternative method
8(f) 4n2 + 6n oe 1
11(a) 75 nfww 3
M2 for
∑ frequency × midvalue oe
80
or M1 for ∑ fc
11(b) 25, 46, 64, 73, 78 1
11(d)(i) 74 to 76 1
11(e) 54 to 62 3 B1 for 27 to 29
M1 for attempt to read at (80 – 2× their 28)
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2017 series for most Cambridge IGCSE®,
Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and some Cambridge O Level
components.
2(b) Thailand 1
3(c) 3 2 12 6 their 12
cao B1 for or or oe
4 16 8 16
4(b) − 7 2 −7 −7 − 7 k
B1 for or or or or (–7 [,] 5)
5 5 5 k 5
4(c) 2 1 3 1 − 2 − 2
1 4 2 B2 for oe
− 2 − 1 or 2 − 4
oe isw
− 1 2 4 3
2
− 2 − 2
or B1 for determinant = 2 soi or k
4 3
5(a) 9 1
final answer
10 x
5(d)(i) Ruled line through (0,2.5) and (5, 0) 2 B1 for ‘correct’ freehand line or
line with a gradient of –0.5 or
line through (0, 2.5) with negative gradient
or line through (5, 0) with negative gradient
5(d)(ii) Correct region unambiguously identified 1 FT provided their straight line with negative gradient and
the 3 given lines form a quadrilateral below y = 4
12sin52 12 cos 38
or M2 for sinS = or
10 10
sinS sin 52
or M1 for = oe or
12 10
[PR=]12cos38 or [PR=]12sin52 or
[PR=] 12 2 − (their ( a ) )2
7(e) n2 – ( 1
2 n 2 + 12 n ) 1
or ( 1
2 (n − 1) 2 + 12 (n − 1) )
or ( 1
2 n 2 + 12 n – n )
leading to ( 1
2
)
n 2 − 12 n without error AG
SECTION B
or M1 for 1
2 × 9 × 11 × sin (b) oe soi
and M1 for 1
2 × (4 + 6) × (a) oe with
(a) ≠ 15.1 soi
9(b) Smooth curve through 11 correct integer points 4 B3 for 6 or 7 correct integer points plotted
or B2 for 4 or 5 correct integer points plotted
or B1 for 2 or 3 correct integer points plotted
9(c) 9.1 to 9.4 with y = x drawn 2 B1 for y = x drawn or 9.1 to 9.4 with no line drawn/wrong
line drawn
A1 for (x + 3)(x – 6) [= 0]
3 ± 32 − 4 ×1× −18 3 81
or oe or ± oe
2 ×1 2 4
dep on (a)(ii)
11(a)(i) 55 ⩽ t < 60 1
or M1 for ∑ ft
© UCLES 2017 Page 7 of 8
4024/22 Cambridge O Level – Mark Scheme May/June 2017
PUBLISHED
Question Answers Marks Part marks
11(b)(i) 34 1
11(b)(iii) (28, 0) (32, 15) (36, 45) (40, 60) plotted and points joined 3 B2 for at least 3 correct points plotted
or B1 for 2 correct points plotted or (28, 0) (32, 15) (36, 45)
and (40, 60) seen
72
or M1 for × π × 20
360
A1 for 12.56 to 12.58 or 12.6
After 0 or 1,
SC1 for their ‘arc length’ + 10 + 10 soi
12(b)(ii) 4(.00) to 4.08 nfww 3 FT from their (b)(i) – (58.76 to 58.8) provided answer not
negative
M2 for their (b)(i) – 2 × 12 ×10 ×10 × sin ( 72
2 ) oe
or M1 for [2×] 1
( ) oe soi
2 ×10 ×10 × sin 2
72
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
Abbreviations
M1 for
(2.5 × 35 + 7.5×42 + 15×30 + 25×28 + 40 ×
15) ÷ 150
2(b) Correct histogram with linear scale on 3 B2 for all 5 bar heights correct with
frequency density axis frequency density axis scaled
OR
B1 for at least 3 correct heights drawn or 3
correct frequency densities calculated
B1 for 5 bars correct width and position
3(a) 040 1
BC = 59.36 to 59.37 A1
OR
38 × sin(360 − 220)
M2 for sin B =
59.4
sin B sin(360 − 220)
or M1 for =
38 59.4
4(a) 5 1
oe
9
4(b)(i) 25 1
oe
81
4(c) 4 3 5 4 4 3
oe nfww M2 for × + ×
9 9 8 9 8
4 3 5 4
or M1 for × or ×
9 8 9 8
6(a)(i) ˆ =] 38
[ ACB 1
6(a)(ii) ˆ = ] 38,
[ AEF 1 Strict FT their (i)
angles in same segment are equal
6(a)(iii) ˆ = ] 112
[ CDE 1
6(a)(iv) ˆ = ] 106
[ BCD 2 FT 180 – their CDE + their ACB
M1 for ACDˆ = 180 – their 112 soi
7(b)(i) 3.5 1
7(b)(ii) Correct smooth curve through 8 correct 3 B2FT for 7 or 8 points correctly plotted
points or B1FT for 5 or 6 points correctly plotted
–2.4 to –1.6 A1
7(b)(iv) 0.6 to 0.8 and 4.2 to 4.4 2 FT reading from their graph at y = 2
B1 for one correct
or for y = 2 soi
[x = ] 13.41[6…] or 13.42 A1
8(d)(ii) 1 2 1
3
113 or FT × their (c) M1 for soi
8 2
9(a) 7 cao 2 12
M1 for × 1750 oe
3000
9(b)(i) 2500 1
x
10(a)(i) Triangle B at (2, –3), (3, –3), (3, –5) 2 B1 for translation of correct triangle B
10(a)(ii) Triangle C at (3, 3), (3, 9), (6, 3) 2 B1 for two vertices correct or for
3 0 1 2 1
oe
0 3 1 1 3
10(a)(iii) 13 0 1
1
oe
0 3
11(a) ∠ARB = ∠PRQ, [vertically] opposite 3 B1 for one pair of angles stated with reason
∠RAB = ∠RQP, alternate [angles] or for two pairs with no reasons or incorrect
∠RBA = ∠RPQ alternate [angles] reasons
∆ARB and ∆QRP similar, equal angles
B1 for a further correct pair of angles with
reason
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the October/November 2017 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE®, Cambridge International A and AS Level components and some Cambridge O Level
components.
Abbreviations
1(a) A by 240 4
1(c) 42 3
B2 for 280
Or
2(a)(i) 12 40 85 107 1
2(b)(i) 47 to 49 1FT
2(b)(ii) 28 to 32 2FT
B1 for 63 to 65 or 32 to 35
2(c) 49.3 3
and
3(a) 5 1
6 cao
8
3(b)(i) 440 2
cao
540
3(c)(ii) 48.7% 3
B1 for either
5(a) 14 − x 2
Final answer
( x − 2)( x + 1)
4( x + 1) − 5( x − 2)
M1 for or better soi
( x − 2)( x + 1)
5(b) –4 or 1.5 oe 3
OR
and
6(a)(i) 1 1
6(a)(iii) 7 1
oe
11
6(b)(i) 8 2
M1 for 14 + 10 + 24 – x = 40 oe
or for correct Venn diagram with algebraic
expressions.
Or B1 for Venn diagram with at least 3 numbers
correct
6(b)(ii) 28 2FT
oe
45
their 8 their 7
M1 for × [×2] where k > their 8
k k −1
2
their 8
Or SC1 for
10
7(a)(iii) –2.4 to –1.6 dependent on tangent drawn 2 Accept a correctly formed ∆y ÷ ∆x isw
7(a)(iv)(a) –2 cao
7(a)(iv)(b) –2.4 to –2.3 and 4.3 to 4.4 FT reading their graph at y = their –2
Tolerance ± 1 small square
7(b)(i) 4 1
7(b)(ii) 3 1
7(b)(iii) 324 1
8(a)(i) y 2
oe
2
angle at centre = twice angle at
circumference oe
y
B1 for
2
8(a)(ii) 90 – y oe 2
B1 for 2y
8(b) EFC 1
8(d) Trapezium 1
8(e)(i) 1 : 4 oe 1
8(e)(ii) 1 : 8 oe 1
9(a) 7.54 2
M1 for π × 0.42 × 15
9(b) 53.7 4
1
M1 for × 4.52 × sin 110 oe
2
250 110
M1 for × π × 4.52 or × π × 4.52
360 360
9(d) 146.5° 4
B3 for 33.5° Or
450sin 62
M2 for sin Q = Or
720
sin Q sin 62
M1 for = AND
450 720
10(b) 46 3
10 and − oe ( −15.3 )
3
Method 1
M2 for AY = 3.65cos45 or (3.65 ÷ 2) ÷ sin 45
or
AY 3.65 ÷ 2
M1 for e.g. = cos 45 or sin 45 =
3.65 AY
Method 2
M1 for such as
AY2 + AY2 = 3.652 or 3.652 + 3.652 = AC2 soi
3.652
M1 for AY 2 = oe
2
A1 for AY = 2.580[9…]
11(b) 7.93 2
0.5 × 3.65
M2 for 2sin −1
their 7.93
their 7.932 + their 7.932 − 3.652
or cos […] =
2 × their 7.932
Or
0.5 × 3.65
M1 for sin[...] =
their 7.93
or 3.652 = their7.932 + their7.932 – 2 ×their 7.932 ×
cos […]
XY
M1 for tan 77 = oe
2.58
their 11.2
M1 for tan […] =
3.65 ÷ 2
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and
some Cambridge O Level components.
These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.
• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.
Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).
• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.
Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).
Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied
1(a) ( P ∪ Q)′ or P′ ∩ Q′ 1
1 4
C 9 5 7
11
1(b)(iv) A′ ∩ B ∩ C 1
x = 1, y = –3 A2 A1 for x = 1 or y = –3
After A0, SC1 for two correct values with
no working or two values that satisfy one
of the original equations
3(d) 62.5 oe 3 4
M2 for b = × (5)3 oe soi
8
3
4 5
or B1 for oe or oe soi or b = ka3
8 2
4(a) 1 1
cao
6
4(b) 1 2 1 1 2
oe M1 for × × oe
660 12 11 10
1 1 2 1
or SC1 for × × or answer
12 12 12 864
1 1 2
or , ,
12 11 10
4(c)(ii) 1 1
oe
11
4(c)(iii) 16 2 4 8 8 4
oe M1 for × or × oe
33 12 11 12 11
5(b)(i) p2 – 3 oe 1
5(b)(ii) p2 + 2p + 4 oe 1
6(a)(i) Correct construction with arcs 2 B1 for correct triangle with arcs missing
or arc 6 cm from A or arc 9 cm from B
6(c)(iii) RQT B1
RTQ
QT is common oe B1
7(a) 15 M1
15 + [2 ×] 3x + [2 ×] × 3
x
90 A1
Leading to 15 + 6 x + without error
x
7(c)(i) 74.25 1
10(a) 11 13 2 12
M1 for [×60] oe
15
Alternative
B1 for 9.95 or 9.948 to 9.949 or 6.71[0...]
AND
M2 for their 6.712 + (their 9.94 + 2) 2
or M1 for their 6.712 + (their9.94 + 2)2
OR
B2 for y = –3x + c
OR
5−3
B1 for (2, 4) or oe
5 − (−1)
1
and M1 for −
their 1
3
Published
This mark scheme is published as an aid to teachers and candidates, to indicate the requirements of the
examination. It shows the basis on which Examiners were instructed to award marks. It does not indicate the
details of the discussions that took place at an Examiners’ meeting before marking began, which would have
considered the acceptability of alternative answers.
Mark schemes should be read in conjunction with the question paper and the Principal Examiner Report for
Teachers.
Cambridge International will not enter into discussions about these mark schemes.
Cambridge International is publishing the mark schemes for the May/June 2018 series for most
Cambridge IGCSE™, Cambridge International A and AS Level and Cambridge Pre-U components, and
some Cambridge O Level components.
These general marking principles must be applied by all examiners when marking candidate answers.
They should be applied alongside the specific content of the mark scheme or generic level descriptors
for a question. Each question paper and mark scheme will also comply with these marking principles.
• the specific content of the mark scheme or the generic level descriptors for the question
• the specific skills defined in the mark scheme or in the generic level descriptors for the question
• the standard of response required by a candidate as exemplified by the standardisation scripts.
Marks awarded are always whole marks (not half marks, or other fractions).
• marks are awarded for correct/valid answers, as defined in the mark scheme. However, credit
is given for valid answers which go beyond the scope of the syllabus and mark scheme,
referring to your Team Leader as appropriate
• marks are awarded when candidates clearly demonstrate what they know and can do
• marks are not deducted for errors
• marks are not deducted for omissions
• answers should only be judged on the quality of spelling, punctuation and grammar when these
features are specifically assessed by the question as indicated by the mark scheme. The
meaning, however, should be unambiguous.
Rules must be applied consistently e.g. in situations where candidates have not followed
instructions or in the application of generic level descriptors.
Marks should be awarded using the full range of marks defined in the mark scheme for the question
(however; the use of the full mark range may be limited according to the quality of the candidate
responses seen).
Marks awarded are based solely on the requirements as defined in the mark scheme. Marks should
not be awarded with grade thresholds or grade descriptors in mind.
Abbreviations
cao correct answer only
dep dependent
FT follow through after error
isw ignore subsequent working
oe or equivalent
SC Special Case
nfww not from wrong working
soi seen or implied
2(c)(i) Correct labelled pie chart: 3 B2 for correct sectors without labels or incorrect
C[omedy] , D[rama] , H[orror] labels
or B1 for one correct sector or 90, 54 and 72 seen
2(c)(ii) 21 7 126 1
, , , 0.35 or 35%
60 20 360
2(c)(iii) 210 2 15 14
oe M1 for × [×2]
3540 60 59
2
15 1
or SC1 for or answer oe
60 16
4(a)(ii) 36 1
3V
or r 2 = or better or correct rearrangement
πh
r = 3.39[9…] or 3.40[00] A1
–1.7 to –1.3 B1
6(e)(i) Ruled line passing through (0, 3) 2 B1 for short or unruled line
and (4, 0) crossing curve twice or for two correct points plotted
OR
3.7 sin 42
Cl
AB = sin −1
2.8
OR
sin CAB sin 42
= and
3.7 2.8
sin=0.88[42...]
C lAB = 62.15[4…] A1
7(b) [0]17.2° 2
M1 for 135 + 62.2 – 180 oe
OR
M2 for
2.82 + 3.7 2 − 2 × 2.8 × 3.7 × cos(180 − 42 − 62.2)
oe
or M1 for
2.82 + 3.7 2 − 2 × 2.8 × 3.7 × cos(180 − 42 − 62.2) oe
OR
2.8sin(180 − 42 − 62.2)
M2 for oe
sin 42
sin(180 − 42 − 62.2) sin 42
or M1 for = oe
AB 2.8
OR
3.7sin(180 − 42 − 62.2)
M2 for oe
sin 62.2
sin(180 − 42 − 62.2) sin 62.2
or M1 for = oe
AB 3.7
OR
l = 75.8
B1 for ACB
8(a) ∠BAX = ∠OCX, alternate [angles] 3 B1 for two correct pairs of angles
∠ABX = ∠COX, alternate [angles] B1 for correct reason for one pair of angles
∠AXB = ∠CXO, [vertically]
opposite
8(b)(i) 4c 1
8(c)(iii) 4:5 1
9(a)(i) 12 × 60 1
oe
x
9(a)(ii) 8 × 60 1 8
oe After 0 in (i) and (ii), SC1 for and (a)(i)
x − 1.5 x − 1.5
12
x
9(a)(iv) B2
−(−273) ± ( −273)2 − 4 × 22 × 216 B1 for ( −273)
2
− 4 × 22 × 216
2 × 22 −( −273) ± their 55521
2 or for
273 273 216 2 × 22
or ± − 2
44 44 22 273
or for x −
44
10(a) 1 1
(–1, ) or (–1, 0.5) cao
2
10(b) 1 1
oe
2
10(c) −8 M1 Alternative 1:
[Gradient of BC =] M1 for
4
1 1
× mBC = −1 or mBC = − oe leading to
1 −8 A1 2 0.5
× = −1 hence perpendicular
2 4 mBC = –2
−8
A1 for gradient of BC = = –2 hence
4
perpendicular
Alternative 2:
JJJG 6 JJJG 10
M1 for AB = oe and AC = oe
3 −5
A1 for (4 +8 ) + (6 +3 ) = (10 +52)
2 2 2 2 2
hence perpendicular